2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Package redshift provides a client for Amazon Redshift.
package redshift
import (
"time"
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
)
const opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest ( input * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput { }
}
output = & AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending
// on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless
// Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2
// security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift
// security group.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify EC2SecurityGroupName
// and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift
// cluster must be in the same AWS region.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify CIDRIP. For an
// overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Routing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect
// to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working
// with Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for
// the specified cluster security group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress ( input * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) ( * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess = "AuthorizeSnapshotAccess"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest ( input * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput { }
}
output = & AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for
// the specified cluster security group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess ( input * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) ( * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext is the same as AuthorizeSnapshotAccess with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCopyClusterSnapshot = "CopyClusterSnapshot"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CopyClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CopyClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CopyClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest ( input * CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CopyClusterSnapshotOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCopyClusterSnapshot ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CopyClusterSnapshotInput { }
}
output = & CopyClusterSnapshotOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CopyClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot.
// The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available
// state.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires,
// Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated
// snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot.
// Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CopyClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
// snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
// snapshots.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CopyClusterSnapshot ( input * CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) ( * CopyClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CopyClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CopyClusterSnapshotInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CopyClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CopyClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateCluster = "CreateCluster"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateCluster for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterRequest ( input * CreateClusterInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateClusterOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateCluster ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateClusterInput { }
}
output = & CreateClusterOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Creates a new cluster.
//
// To create the cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a
// cluster subnet group name. The cluster subnet group identifies the subnets
// of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more
// information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault "ClusterQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this
// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
// VPC.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateCluster ( input * CreateClusterInput ) ( * CreateClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateClusterWithContext is the same as CreateCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateClusterInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateClusterParameterGroup = "CreateClusterParameterGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateClusterParameterGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateClusterParameterGroupInput { }
}
output = & CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group.
//
// Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate
// a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also
// associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is
// created by using ModifyCluster.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to
// the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
// parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterParameterGroup ( input * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( * CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateClusterSecurityGroup = "CreateClusterSecurityGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterSecurityGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest ( input * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateClusterSecurityGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput { }
}
output = & CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to
// control access to non-VPC clusters.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A cluster security group with the same name already exists.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
// security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSecurityGroup ( input * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) ( * CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSecurityGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateClusterSnapshot = "CreateClusterSnapshot"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest ( input * CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateClusterSnapshotOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateClusterSnapshot ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateClusterSnapshotInput { }
}
output = & CreateClusterSnapshotOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in
// the available state.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
// snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
// snapshots.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSnapshot ( input * CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) ( * CreateClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateClusterSnapshotInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateClusterSubnetGroup = "CreateClusterSubnetGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateClusterSubnetGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateClusterSubnetGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput { }
}
output = & CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one
// or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
// when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
// subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota,
// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
// VPC.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSubnetGroup ( input * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) ( * CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateEventSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest ( input * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateEventSubscriptionOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateEventSubscription ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateEventSubscriptionInput { }
}
output = & CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires
// an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the
// Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To
// obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and
// subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs,
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all
// events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source
// type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories
// = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only
// send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup
// categories for the specified clusters.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type =
// cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type
// but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events
// for the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either
// the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated
// from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must
// specify a source type if you specify a source ID.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this
// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified
// name.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon
// SNS topic.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not
// exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values,
// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type.
// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values,
// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type.
// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateEventSubscription ( input * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) ( * CreateEventSubscriptionOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateEventSubscriptionRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateEventSubscriptionInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateEventSubscriptionOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateEventSubscriptionRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateHsmClientCertificate = "CreateHsmClientCertificate"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateHsmClientCertificate method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest ( input * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateHsmClientCertificate ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateHsmClientCertificateInput { }
}
output = & CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use
// to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used
// to encrypt the cluster databases.
//
// The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition
// to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration
// that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption
// keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with
// the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about
// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateHsmClientCertificate ( input * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) ( * CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext is the same as CreateHsmClientCertificate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateHsmClientCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateHsmConfiguration = "CreateHsmConfiguration"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateHsmConfiguration method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHsmConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest ( input * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateHsmConfigurationOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateHsmConfiguration ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateHsmConfigurationInput { }
}
output = & CreateHsmConfigurationOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an
// Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware
// Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify
// it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its
// encryption keys in the HSM.
//
// In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM
// client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in
// the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified
// identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about
// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateHsmConfiguration ( input * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) ( * CreateHsmConfigurationOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateHsmConfigurationRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateHsmConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateHsmConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateHsmConfigurationInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateHsmConfigurationOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateHsmConfigurationRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant = "CreateSnapshotCopyGrant"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest ( input * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput { }
}
output = & CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer
// master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied
// snapshots in a destination region.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name
// already exists.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in
// this region.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant ( input * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) ( * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext is the same as CreateSnapshotCopyGrant with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opCreateTags = "CreateTags"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See CreateTags for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateTags method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateTagsRequest ( input * CreateTagsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateTagsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateTags ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateTagsInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & CreateTagsOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Adds one or more tags to a specified resource.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A resource can have up to 10 tags. If you try to create more than 10 tags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// that key will be updated with the new value.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The resource could not be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateTags ( input * CreateTagsInput ) ( * CreateTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateTagsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) CreateTagsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateTagsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateTagsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteCluster = "DeleteCluster"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteCluster for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterRequest ( input * DeleteClusterInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteClusterOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteCluster ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteClusterInput { }
}
output = & DeleteClusterOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the
// web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters
// to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled
// or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters,
// go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
// to false and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier. You can later
// restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot
// is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" while the
// snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift begins
// deleting the cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
// snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
// snapshots.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteCluster ( input * DeleteClusterInput ) ( * DeleteClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteClusterInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteClusterParameterGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input * DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteClusterParameterGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
// try the operation again.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterParameterGroup ( input * DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( * DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup = "DeleteClusterSecurityGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest ( input * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// You cannot delete the default security group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup ( input * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput ) ( * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSecurityGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteClusterSnapshot = "DeleteClusterSnapshot"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest ( input * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteClusterSnapshot ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteClusterSnapshotInput { }
}
output = & DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available
// state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots.
// You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other
// accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the
// authorizations before you can delete the snapshot.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSnapshot ( input * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) ( * DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup = "DeleteClusterSubnetGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes the specified cluster subnet group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The state of the subnet is invalid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
// group.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup ( input * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput ) ( * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteEventSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest ( input * DeleteEventSubscriptionInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteEventSubscription ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
// does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This
// subscription request is already in progress.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteEventSubscription ( input * DeleteEventSubscriptionInput ) ( * DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteEventSubscriptionInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteHsmClientCertificate = "DeleteHsmClientCertificate"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteHsmClientCertificate method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest ( input * DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteHsmClientCertificate ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes the specified HSM client certificate.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or it
// is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteHsmClientCertificate ( input * DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput ) ( * DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext is the same as DeleteHsmClientCertificate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteHsmConfiguration = "DeleteHsmConfiguration"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteHsmConfiguration method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest ( input * DeleteHsmConfigurationInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteHsmConfiguration ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteHsmConfigurationInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it is still
// in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteHsmConfiguration ( input * DeleteHsmConfigurationInput ) ( * DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteHsmConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteHsmConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteHsmConfigurationInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest ( input * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more
// clusters.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant ( input * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) ( * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext is the same as DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DeleteTags for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteTags method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteTagsRequest ( input * DeleteTagsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteTagsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteTags ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteTagsInput { }
}
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
output = & DeleteTagsOutput { }
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-02-15 20:59:49 +01:00
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . Remove ( query . UnmarshalHandler )
req . Handlers . Unmarshal . PushBackNamed ( protocol . UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource
// from which you want to delete the tag or tags.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The resource could not be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteTags ( input * DeleteTagsInput ) ( * DeleteTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteTagsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DeleteTagsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteTagsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteTagsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeClusterParameterGroups"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterParameterGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest ( input * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusterParameterGroups ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups
// you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the
// response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group
// family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description
// of a specific parameter group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
// and admin and test for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination
// of those values are returned.
//
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
// with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParameterGroups ( input * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) ( * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterParameterGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages ( input * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusterParameters = "DescribeClusterParameters"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusterParameters for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterParameters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParametersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParametersRequest ( input * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClusterParametersOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusterParameters ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClusterParametersInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClusterParametersOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon
// Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information
// such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter
// value is modifiable, and so on.
//
// You can specify source filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type.
// For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such
// as from ModifyClusterParameterGroup, you can specify source equal to user.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusterParameters for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParameters ( input * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) ( * DescribeClusterParametersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterParametersRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterParameters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParametersWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterParametersInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClusterParametersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterParametersRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClusterParametersPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParametersPages ( input * DescribeClusterParametersInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterParametersOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterParametersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterParametersInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterParametersOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClusterParametersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClusterParametersRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClusterParametersOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups = "DescribeClusterSecurityGroups"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest ( input * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of
// a security group is specified, the response will contain only information
// about only that security group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys
// and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// and admin and test for tag values, all security groups that have any combination
// of those values are returned.
//
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
// with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups ( input * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) ( * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSecurityGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages ( input * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusterSnapshots = "DescribeClusterSnapshots"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterSnapshots method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest ( input * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusterSnapshots ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster
// snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots
// of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information
// is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer accounts.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and
// values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and
// admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of
// those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the
// response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value
// request parameters.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are returned
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSnapshots ( input * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) ( * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSnapshots with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages ( input * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups = "DescribeClusterSubnetGroups"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest ( input * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata
// about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information
// about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys
// and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination
// of those values are returned.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are
// returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with
// them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups ( input * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) ( * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSubnetGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages ( input * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusterVersions = "DescribeClusterVersions"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusterVersions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusterVersions for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusterVersions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterVersionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest ( input * DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusterVersions ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClusterVersionsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClusterVersionsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusterVersions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You
// can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about
// the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters,
// go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusterVersions for usage and error information.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterVersions ( input * DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) ( * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterVersionsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusterVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterVersionsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClusterVersionsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClusterVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusterVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClusterVersionsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterVersionsPages ( input * DescribeClusterVersionsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClusterVersionsInput , fn func ( * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClusterVersionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClusterVersionsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeClusters = "DescribeClusters"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeClusters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeClusters for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeClusters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeClustersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeClustersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClustersRequest ( input * DescribeClustersInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeClustersOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeClusters ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeClustersInput { }
}
output = & DescribeClustersOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeClusters API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties,
// cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security
// and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information
// about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and
// values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and
// admin and test for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of
// those values are returned.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeClusters for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClusters ( input * DescribeClustersInput ) ( * DescribeClustersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClustersRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeClusters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeClusters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClustersWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClustersInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeClustersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeClustersRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeClustersPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClustersPages ( input * DescribeClustersInput , fn func ( * DescribeClustersOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeClustersPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeClustersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeClustersPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeClustersInput , fn func ( * DescribeClustersOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeClustersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeClustersRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeClustersOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeDefaultClusterParameters"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest ( input * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "DefaultClusterParameters.Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput { }
}
output = & DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters ( input * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) ( * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages ( input * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput , fn func ( * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput , fn func ( * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventCategories method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest ( input * DescribeEventCategoriesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeEventCategoriesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeEventCategories ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeEventCategoriesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a
// specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types,
// go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html).
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventCategories ( input * DescribeEventCategoriesInput ) ( * DescribeEventCategoriesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeEventCategoriesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeEventCategoriesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeEventCategoriesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeEventCategoriesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventSubscriptions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest ( input * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeEventSubscriptions ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notifications subscription
// for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description
// for that subscription.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
// does not exist.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventSubscriptions ( input * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) ( * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages ( input * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput , fn func ( * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput , fn func ( * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEvents method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventsRequest ( input * DescribeEventsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeEventsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeEvents ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeEventsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeEventsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter
// groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security
// group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name
// as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEvents ( input * DescribeEventsInput ) ( * DescribeEventsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeEventsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeEventsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeEventsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeEventsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventsPages ( input * DescribeEventsInput , fn func ( * DescribeEventsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeEventsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeEventsInput , fn func ( * DescribeEventsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeEventsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeEventsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeEventsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeHsmClientCertificates = "DescribeHsmClientCertificates"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeHsmClientCertificates method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest ( input * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeHsmClientCertificates ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeHsmClientCertificates API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate
// ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned
// by your AWS customer account.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified
// keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
// and admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have
// any combination of those values are returned.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
// with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeHsmClientCertificates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmClientCertificates ( input * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) ( * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeHsmClientCertificates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages ( input * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput , fn func ( * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext same as DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput , fn func ( * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeHsmConfigurations = "DescribeHsmConfigurations"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeHsmConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeHsmConfigurations method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest ( input * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeHsmConfigurations ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeHsmConfigurations API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
// If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM
// configurations owned by your AWS customer account.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys
// and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys,
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// and admin and test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination
// of those values are returned.
//
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections
// are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated
// with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeHsmConfigurations for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmConfigurations ( input * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) ( * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext is the same as DescribeHsmConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeHsmConfigurations method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages ( input * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput , fn func ( * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext same as DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput , fn func ( * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeLoggingStatus = "DescribeLoggingStatus"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeLoggingStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeLoggingStatus operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeLoggingStatus for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeLoggingStatus method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoggingStatusRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest ( input * DescribeLoggingStatusInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * LoggingStatus ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeLoggingStatus ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeLoggingStatusInput { }
}
output = & LoggingStatus { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeLoggingStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is
// being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeLoggingStatus for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeLoggingStatus ( input * DescribeLoggingStatusInput ) ( * LoggingStatus , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeLoggingStatusRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeLoggingStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeLoggingStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeLoggingStatusInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * LoggingStatus , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeLoggingStatusRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions = "DescribeOrderableClusterOptions"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest ( input * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster
// you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the
// EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify,
// and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage,
// memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a
// list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating
// a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift
// Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for usage and error information.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions ( input * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) ( * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableClusterOptions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages ( input * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput , fn func ( * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput , fn func ( * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings = "DescribeReservedNodeOfferings"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest ( input * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift
// with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring
// costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you.
// These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want
// to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
// to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Specified offering does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested operation isn't supported.
//
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault "DependentServiceUnavailableFault"
// Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is
// temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings ( input * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) ( * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedNodeOfferings with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages ( input * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput , fn func ( * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput , fn func ( * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeReservedNodes = "DescribeReservedNodes"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeReservedNodesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeReservedNodes operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeReservedNodes for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedNodes method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodesRequest ( input * DescribeReservedNodesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeReservedNodesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeReservedNodes ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
LimitToken : "MaxRecords" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeReservedNodesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeReservedNodesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeReservedNodes API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeReservedNodes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified reserved compute node not found.
//
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault "DependentServiceUnavailableFault"
// Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is
// temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodes ( input * DescribeReservedNodesInput ) ( * DescribeReservedNodesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeReservedNodesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeReservedNodesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedNodes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeReservedNodes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeReservedNodesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeReservedNodesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeReservedNodesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeReservedNodesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeReservedNodes method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeReservedNodesPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeReservedNodesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodesPages ( input * DescribeReservedNodesInput , fn func ( * DescribeReservedNodesOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedNodesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeReservedNodesInput , fn func ( * DescribeReservedNodesOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeReservedNodesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeReservedNodesRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeReservedNodesOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeResize = "DescribeResize"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeResizeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeResize operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeResize for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeResize method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeResizeRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeResizeRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeResizeRequest ( input * DescribeResizeInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeResizeOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeResize ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeResizeInput { }
}
output = & DescribeResizeOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeResize API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster.
// If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster,
// a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed,
// the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next resize.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying a
// different number or type of nodes for the cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeResize for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault "ResizeNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeResize ( input * DescribeResizeInput ) ( * DescribeResizeOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeResizeRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeResizeWithContext is the same as DescribeResize with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeResize for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeResizeWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeResizeInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeResizeOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeResizeRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = "DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest ( input * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination
// region.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants ( input * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) ( * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
const opDescribeTableRestoreStatus = "DescribeTableRestoreStatus"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeTableRestoreStatus method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest ( input * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeTableRestoreStatus ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput { }
}
output = & DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeTableRestoreStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
// API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter,
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests
// ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise
// DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeTableRestoreStatus for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault "TableRestoreNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeTableRestoreStatus ( input * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) ( * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeTableRestoreStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DescribeTags for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeTags method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeTagsRequest ( input * DescribeTagsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeTagsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeTags ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeTagsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeTagsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying
// an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as
// clusters, snapshots, and so on.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The following are limitations for DescribeTags:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the
// same request.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * You cannot use the MaxRecords and Marker parameters together with the
// ARN parameter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * The MaxRecords parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return
// in a request.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift
// returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and
// values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and
// admin and test for tag values, all resources that have any combination of
// those values are returned.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are returned
// regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The resource could not be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The tag is invalid.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeTags ( input * DescribeTagsInput ) ( * DescribeTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTagsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DescribeTagsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTagsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTagsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDisableLogging = "DisableLogging"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DisableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DisableLogging operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DisableLogging for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DisableLogging method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DisableLoggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DisableLoggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DisableLoggingRequest ( input * DisableLoggingInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * LoggingStatus ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDisableLogging ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DisableLoggingInput { }
}
output = & LoggingStatus { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DisableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the
// specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DisableLogging for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DisableLogging ( input * DisableLoggingInput ) ( * LoggingStatus , error ) {
req , out := c . DisableLoggingRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DisableLoggingWithContext is the same as DisableLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DisableLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DisableLoggingWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DisableLoggingInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * LoggingStatus , error ) {
req , out := c . DisableLoggingRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opDisableSnapshotCopy = "DisableSnapshotCopy"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// DisableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DisableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See DisableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DisableSnapshotCopy method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the DisableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest ( input * DisableSnapshotCopyInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DisableSnapshotCopyOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDisableSnapshotCopy ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DisableSnapshotCopyInput { }
}
output = & DisableSnapshotCopyOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DisableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region
// for a specified cluster.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master key
// (CMK) from AWS KMS, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation DisableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) DisableSnapshotCopy ( input * DisableSnapshotCopyInput ) ( * DisableSnapshotCopyOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DisableSnapshotCopyRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext is the same as DisableSnapshotCopy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DisableSnapshotCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DisableSnapshotCopyInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DisableSnapshotCopyOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DisableSnapshotCopyRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opEnableLogging = "EnableLogging"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// EnableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the EnableLogging operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See EnableLogging for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the EnableLogging method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the EnableLoggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.EnableLoggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) EnableLoggingRequest ( input * EnableLoggingInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * LoggingStatus ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opEnableLogging ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & EnableLoggingInput { }
}
output = & LoggingStatus { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// EnableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for
// the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation EnableLogging for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault "BucketNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Could not find the specified S3 bucket.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3
// bucket specified when enabling logging.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the
// documented constraints.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault "InvalidS3BucketNameFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go
// to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) EnableLogging ( input * EnableLoggingInput ) ( * LoggingStatus , error ) {
req , out := c . EnableLoggingRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// EnableLoggingWithContext is the same as EnableLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See EnableLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) EnableLoggingWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * EnableLoggingInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * LoggingStatus , error ) {
req , out := c . EnableLoggingRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opEnableSnapshotCopy = "EnableSnapshotCopy"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// EnableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the EnableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See EnableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the EnableSnapshotCopy method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the EnableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest ( input * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * EnableSnapshotCopyOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opEnableSnapshotCopy ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & EnableSnapshotCopyInput { }
}
output = & EnableSnapshotCopyOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// EnableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region
// for a specified cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation EnableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions "IncompatibleOrderableOptions"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified options are incompatible.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault "CopyToRegionDisabledFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) EnableSnapshotCopy ( input * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) ( * EnableSnapshotCopyOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . EnableSnapshotCopyRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext is the same as EnableSnapshotCopy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See EnableSnapshotCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * EnableSnapshotCopyInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * EnableSnapshotCopyOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . EnableSnapshotCopyRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
const opGetClusterCredentials = "GetClusterCredentials"
// GetClusterCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetClusterCredentials operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// See GetClusterCredentials for usage and error information.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the GetClusterCredentials method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetClusterCredentialsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetClusterCredentialsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials
func ( c * Redshift ) GetClusterCredentialsRequest ( input * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * GetClusterCredentialsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opGetClusterCredentials ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & GetClusterCredentialsInput { }
}
output = & GetClusterCredentialsOutput { }
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
return
}
// GetClusterCredentials API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
// Returns a database user name and temporary password with temporary authorization
// to log in to an Amazon Redshift database. The action returns the database
// user name prefixed with IAM: if AutoCreate is False or IAMA: if AutoCreate
// is True. You can optionally specify one or more database user groups that
// the user will join at log in. By default, the temporary credentials expire
// in 900 seconds. You can optionally specify a duration between 900 seconds
// (15 minutes) and 3600 seconds (60 minutes). For more information, see Generating
// IAM Database User Credentials in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// The IAM user or role that executes GetClusterCredentials must have an IAM
// policy attached that allows the redshift:GetClusterCredentials action with
// access to the dbuser resource on the cluster. The user name specified for
// dbuser in the IAM policy and the user name specified for the DbUser parameter
// must match.
//
// If the DbGroups parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow the redshift:JoinGroup
// action with access to the listed dbgroups.
//
// In addition, if the AutoCreate parameter is set to True, then the policy
// must include the redshift:CreateClusterUser privilege.
//
// If the DbName parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to
// the resource dbname for the specified database name.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation GetClusterCredentials for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
// The requested operation isn't supported.
//
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials
func ( c * Redshift ) GetClusterCredentials ( input * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) ( * GetClusterCredentialsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . GetClusterCredentialsRequest ( input )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// GetClusterCredentialsWithContext is the same as GetClusterCredentials with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetClusterCredentials for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) GetClusterCredentialsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * GetClusterCredentialsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * GetClusterCredentialsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . GetClusterCredentialsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
const opModifyCluster = "ModifyCluster"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ModifyClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ModifyCluster for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterRequest ( input * ModifyClusterInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyClusterOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyCluster ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyClusterInput { }
}
output = & ModifyClusterOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security
// or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the
// master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security
// groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying
// a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more
// information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down
// the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of
// nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ModifyCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault "UnsupportedOptionFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A request option was specified that is not supported.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyCluster ( input * ModifyClusterInput ) ( * ModifyClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyClusterInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
const opModifyClusterIamRoles = "ModifyClusterIamRoles"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyClusterIamRoles operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ModifyClusterIamRoles for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyClusterIamRoles method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest ( input * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyClusterIamRoles ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyClusterIamRolesInput { }
}
output = & ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyClusterIamRoles API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that
// can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services.
//
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ModifyClusterIamRoles for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterIamRoles ( input * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) ( * ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterIamRoles with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyClusterIamRoles for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
const opModifyClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyClusterParameterGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyClusterParameterGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput { }
}
output = & ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Modifies the parameters of a parameter group.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ModifyClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
// try the operation again.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterParameterGroup ( input * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opModifyClusterSubnetGroup = "ModifyClusterSubnetGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyClusterSubnetGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput { }
}
output = & ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets.
// The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of
// subnets.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota,
// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
// VPC.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup ( input * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) ( * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyEventSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest ( input * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyEventSubscription ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { }
}
output = & ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
// does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon
// SNS topic.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not
// exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values,
// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type.
// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values,
// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type.
// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This
// subscription request is already in progress.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyEventSubscription ( input * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) ( * ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest ( input * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput { }
}
output = & ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination
// region after they are copied from the source region.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod ( input * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) ( * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext is the same as ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering = "PurchaseReservedNodeOffering"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest ( input * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput { }
}
output = & PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined
// set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings.
// You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available
// reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved
// node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Specified offering does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about
// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested operation isn't supported.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering ( input * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) ( * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedNodeOffering with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opRebootCluster = "RebootCluster"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// RebootClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RebootCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See RebootCluster for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RebootCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RebootClusterRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RebootClusterRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RebootClusterRequest ( input * RebootClusterInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RebootClusterOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRebootCluster ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RebootClusterInput { }
}
output = & RebootClusterOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RebootCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in
// a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set
// to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any
// pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster) are applied at this reboot.
// For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html)
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation RebootCluster for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RebootCluster ( input * RebootClusterInput ) ( * RebootClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RebootClusterRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RebootClusterWithContext is the same as RebootCluster with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RebootCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) RebootClusterWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RebootClusterInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RebootClusterOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RebootClusterRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opResetClusterParameterGroup = "ResetClusterParameterGroup"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See ResetClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ResetClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opResetClusterParameterGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ResetClusterParameterGroupInput { }
}
output = & ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ResetClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default
// values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default".
// To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter.
// For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation ResetClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
// try the operation again.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) ResetClusterParameterGroup ( input * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) ( * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage , error ) {
req , out := c . ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetClusterParameterGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ResetClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage , error ) {
req , out := c . ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreFromClusterSnapshot"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest ( input * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput { }
}
output = & RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates
// the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster
// from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created
// with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift
// creates the cluster, you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a different
// security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If
// you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS
// node type of the same size during restore.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet group
// where you want the cluster restored.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
// the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault "ClusterQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this
// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestore"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The restore is invalid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
// VPC.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot ( input * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) ( * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreFromClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
const opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest ( input * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput { }
}
output = & RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot.
// You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the
// snapshot was taken from.
//
// You cannot use RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot to restore a table with the
// same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you
// cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If
// you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then
// rename or drop your original table before you call RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.
// When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original
// name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot.
// This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from
// the snapshot.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for
// your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault "InvalidTableRestoreArgument"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or sourceTableName
// parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested operation isn't supported.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot ( input * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) ( * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
const opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest ( input * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput { }
}
output = & RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously
// authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule,
// see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information about managing
// security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
// group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the
// specified cluster security group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress ( input * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) ( * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opRevokeSnapshotAccess = "RevokeSnapshotAccess"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RevokeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See RevokeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RevokeSnapshotAccess method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest ( input * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRevokeSnapshotAccess ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RevokeSnapshotAccessInput { }
}
output = & RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RevokeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the
// specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the
// restore will run to completion.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation RevokeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
// the snapshot.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the
// specified cluster security group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RevokeSnapshotAccess ( input * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) ( * RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext is the same as RevokeSnapshotAccess with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RevokeSnapshotAccess for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
const opRotateEncryptionKey = "RotateEncryptionKey"
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// RotateEncryptionKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RotateEncryptionKey operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// See RotateEncryptionKey for usage and error information.
//
2016-07-15 15:49:02 +02:00
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RotateEncryptionKey method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
// // Example sending a request using the RotateEncryptionKeyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest ( input * RotateEncryptionKeyInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RotateEncryptionKeyOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRotateEncryptionKey ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RotateEncryptionKeyInput { }
}
output = & RotateEncryptionKeyOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RotateEncryptionKey API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
// API operation RotateEncryptionKey for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
//
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
func ( c * Redshift ) RotateEncryptionKey ( input * RotateEncryptionKeyInput ) ( * RotateEncryptionKeyOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RotateEncryptionKeyRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext is the same as RotateEncryptionKey with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RotateEncryptionKey for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * Redshift ) RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RotateEncryptionKeyInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RotateEncryptionKeyOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RotateEncryptionKeyRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
// Describes an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AccountWithRestoreAccess
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type AccountWithRestoreAccess struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// The identifier of an AWS support account authorized to restore a snapshot.
// For AWS support, the identifier is amazon-redshift-support.
AccountAlias * string ` type:"string" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
AccountId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AccountWithRestoreAccess ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AccountWithRestoreAccess ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// SetAccountAlias sets the AccountAlias field's value.
func ( s * AccountWithRestoreAccess ) SetAccountAlias ( v string ) * AccountWithRestoreAccess {
s . AccountAlias = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
func ( s * AccountWithRestoreAccess ) SetAccountId ( v string ) * AccountWithRestoreAccess {
s . AccountId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
CIDRIP * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
EC2SecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
// value.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Example: 111122223333
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput" }
if s . ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSecurityGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetCIDRIP ( v string ) * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . CIDRIP = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetEC2SecurityGroupName ( v string ) * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . EC2SecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId ( v string ) * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a security group.
ClusterSecurityGroup * ClusterSecurityGroup ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) SetClusterSecurityGroup ( v * ClusterSecurityGroup ) * AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroup = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccessMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified
// snapshot.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// To share a snapshot with AWS support, specify amazon-redshift-support.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
AccountWithRestoreAccess * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
SnapshotClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput" }
if s . AccountWithRestoreAccess == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "AccountWithRestoreAccess" ) )
}
if s . SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAccountWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountWithRestoreAccess field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess ( v string ) * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput {
s . AccountWithRestoreAccess = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput {
s . SnapshotClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccessResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a snapshot.
Snapshot * Snapshot ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
func ( s * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput ) SetSnapshot ( v * Snapshot ) * AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput {
s . Snapshot = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes an availability zone.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AvailabilityZone
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type AvailabilityZone struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the availability zone.
Name * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AvailabilityZone ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AvailabilityZone ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func ( s * AvailabilityZone ) SetName ( v string ) * AvailabilityZone {
s . Name = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a cluster.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Cluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Cluster struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that major version upgrades will
// be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
AllowVersionUpgrade * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained.
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located.
AvailabilityZone * string ` type:"string" `
// The date and time that the cluster was created.
ClusterCreateTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The nodes in the cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterNodes [ ] * ClusterNode ` type:"list" `
// The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster.
// Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status.
ClusterParameterGroups [ ] * ClusterParameterGroupStatus ` locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list" `
// The public key for the cluster.
ClusterPublicKey * string ` type:"string" `
// The specific revision number of the database in the cluster.
ClusterRevisionNumber * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each
// security group is represented by an element that contains ClusterSecurityGroup.Name
// and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon
// Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security
// groups, which are listed by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroups [ ] * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership ` locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are
// configured for cross-region snapshot copy.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * available
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * creating
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * deleting
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * final-snapshot
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * hardware-failure
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * incompatible-hsm
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * incompatible-network
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * incompatible-parameters
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * incompatible-restore
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * modifying
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * rebooting
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * renaming
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * resizing
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * rotating-keys
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * storage-full
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * updating-hsm
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterStatus * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This parameter
// is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC.
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created.
// This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// was not specified, a database named devdev was created by default.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
DBName * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ElasticIpStatus * ElasticIpStatus ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that data in the cluster is encrypted
// at rest.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Encrypted * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The connection endpoint.
Endpoint * Endpoint ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
//
// Default: false
EnhancedVpcRouting * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying
// any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify
// cluster command.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Values: active, applying
HsmStatus * HsmStatus ` type:"structure" `
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
// by the cluster to access other AWS services.
IamRoles [ ] * ClusterIamRole ` locationNameList:"ClusterIamRole" type:"list" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key ID of the encryption key used
// to encrypt data in the cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
KmsKeyId * string ` type:"string" `
// The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// database that is specified in the DBName parameter.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
MasterUsername * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster.
ModifyStatus * string ` type:"string" `
// The node type for the nodes in the cluster.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The number of compute nodes in the cluster.
NumberOfNodes * int64 ` type:"integer" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are pending.
// Specific pending changes are identified by subelements.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
PendingModifiedValues * PendingModifiedValues ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which
// system maintenance can occur.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
PreferredMaintenanceWindow * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that the cluster can be accessed
// from a public network.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
PubliclyAccessible * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This parameter
// returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
RestoreStatus * RestoreStatus ` type:"structure" `
// The list of tags for the cluster.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
// The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC.
VpcId * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that
// are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster
// is in a VPC.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
VpcSecurityGroups [ ] * VpcSecurityGroupMembership ` locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroup" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Cluster ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Cluster ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetAllowVersionUpgrade ( v bool ) * Cluster {
s . AllowVersionUpgrade = & v
return s
}
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * Cluster {
s . AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetAvailabilityZone ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . AvailabilityZone = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterCreateTime ( v time . Time ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterCreateTime = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterNodes sets the ClusterNodes field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterNodes ( v [ ] * ClusterNode ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterNodes = v
return s
}
// SetClusterParameterGroups sets the ClusterParameterGroups field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterParameterGroups ( v [ ] * ClusterParameterGroupStatus ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterParameterGroups = v
return s
}
// SetClusterPublicKey sets the ClusterPublicKey field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterPublicKey ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterPublicKey = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterRevisionNumber sets the ClusterRevisionNumber field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterRevisionNumber ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterRevisionNumber = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus sets the ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ( v * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus = v
return s
}
// SetClusterStatus sets the ClusterStatus field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterStatus ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterStatus = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetDBName ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . DBName = & v
return s
}
// SetElasticIpStatus sets the ElasticIpStatus field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetElasticIpStatus ( v * ElasticIpStatus ) * Cluster {
s . ElasticIpStatus = v
return s
}
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetEncrypted ( v bool ) * Cluster {
s . Encrypted = & v
return s
}
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetEndpoint ( v * Endpoint ) * Cluster {
s . Endpoint = v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetEnhancedVpcRouting ( v bool ) * Cluster {
s . EnhancedVpcRouting = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmStatus sets the HsmStatus field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetHsmStatus ( v * HsmStatus ) * Cluster {
s . HsmStatus = v
return s
}
// SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetIamRoles ( v [ ] * ClusterIamRole ) * Cluster {
s . IamRoles = v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetKmsKeyId ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . KmsKeyId = & v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetMasterUsername ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . MasterUsername = & v
return s
}
// SetModifyStatus sets the ModifyStatus field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetModifyStatus ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . ModifyStatus = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetNumberOfNodes ( v int64 ) * Cluster {
s . NumberOfNodes = & v
return s
}
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetPendingModifiedValues ( v * PendingModifiedValues ) * Cluster {
s . PendingModifiedValues = v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . PreferredMaintenanceWindow = & v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetPubliclyAccessible ( v bool ) * Cluster {
s . PubliclyAccessible = & v
return s
}
// SetRestoreStatus sets the RestoreStatus field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetRestoreStatus ( v * RestoreStatus ) * Cluster {
s . RestoreStatus = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * Cluster {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetVpcId ( v string ) * Cluster {
s . VpcId = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * Cluster ) SetVpcSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * VpcSecurityGroupMembership ) * Cluster {
s . VpcSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the
// associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other AWS services.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterIamRole
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
type ClusterIamRole struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon
// Redshift cluster.
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * in-sync: The role is available for use by the cluster.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * adding: The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * removing: The role is in the process of being disassociated with the
// cluster.
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
ApplyStatus * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload.
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
IamRoleArn * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterIamRole ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterIamRole ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetApplyStatus sets the ApplyStatus field's value.
func ( s * ClusterIamRole ) SetApplyStatus ( v string ) * ClusterIamRole {
s . ApplyStatus = & v
return s
}
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
func ( s * ClusterIamRole ) SetIamRoleArn ( v string ) * ClusterIamRole {
s . IamRoleArn = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The identifier of a node in a cluster.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterNode
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterNode struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node.
NodeRole * string ` type:"string" `
// The private IP address of a node within a cluster.
PrivateIPAddress * string ` type:"string" `
// The public IP address of a node within a cluster.
PublicIPAddress * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterNode ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterNode ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetNodeRole sets the NodeRole field's value.
func ( s * ClusterNode ) SetNodeRole ( v string ) * ClusterNode {
s . NodeRole = & v
return s
}
// SetPrivateIPAddress sets the PrivateIPAddress field's value.
func ( s * ClusterNode ) SetPrivateIPAddress ( v string ) * ClusterNode {
s . PrivateIPAddress = & v
return s
}
// SetPublicIPAddress sets the PublicIPAddress field's value.
func ( s * ClusterNode ) SetPublicIPAddress ( v string ) * ClusterNode {
s . PublicIPAddress = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a parameter group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterParameterGroup struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The description of the parameter group.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster parameter
// group is compatible with.
ParameterGroupFamily * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of tags for the cluster parameter group.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterGroup ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterGroup ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroup ) SetDescription ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroup {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroup ) SetParameterGroupFamily ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroup {
s . ParameterGroupFamily = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroup ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroup {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroup ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * ClusterParameterGroup {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot
// of an associated cluster.
ParameterGroupStatus * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupStatus sets the ParameterGroupStatus field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage ) SetParameterGroupStatus ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage {
s . ParameterGroupStatus = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the status of a parameter group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterParameterGroupStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The list of parameter statuses.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ClusterParameterStatusList [ ] * ClusterParameterStatus ` type:"list" `
// The status of parameter updates.
ParameterApplyStatus * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterGroupStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterGroupStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterParameterStatusList sets the ClusterParameterStatusList field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroupStatus ) SetClusterParameterStatusList ( v [ ] * ClusterParameterStatus ) * ClusterParameterGroupStatus {
s . ClusterParameterStatusList = v
return s
}
// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroupStatus ) SetParameterApplyStatus ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroupStatus {
s . ParameterApplyStatus = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterGroupStatus ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * ClusterParameterGroupStatus {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the status of a parameter group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterParameterStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the database.
ParameterApplyErrorDescription * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync
// with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error
// when being applied.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * in-sync: The parameter value is in sync with the database.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * pending-reboot: The parameter value will be applied after the cluster
// reboots.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * applying: The parameter value is being applied to the database.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an
// invalid value or syntax.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * apply-deferred: The parameter contains static property changes. The
// changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will
// be applied after the cluster reboots.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change
// will be applied after the cluster reboots.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterApplyStatus * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the parameter.
ParameterName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterParameterStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetParameterApplyErrorDescription sets the ParameterApplyErrorDescription field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterStatus ) SetParameterApplyErrorDescription ( v string ) * ClusterParameterStatus {
s . ParameterApplyErrorDescription = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterStatus ) SetParameterApplyStatus ( v string ) * ClusterParameterStatus {
s . ParameterApplyStatus = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterParameterStatus ) SetParameterName ( v string ) * ClusterParameterStatus {
s . ParameterName = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a security group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSecurityGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterSecurityGroup struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was applied.
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// A description of the security group.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters associated
// with this cluster security group.
EC2SecurityGroups [ ] * EC2SecurityGroup ` locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list" `
// A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters associated
// with this cluster security group.
IPRanges [ ] * IPRange ` locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list" `
// The list of tags for the cluster security group.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSecurityGroup ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSecurityGroup ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroup ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * ClusterSecurityGroup {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroup ) SetDescription ( v string ) * ClusterSecurityGroup {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroup ) SetEC2SecurityGroups ( v [ ] * EC2SecurityGroup ) * ClusterSecurityGroup {
s . EC2SecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroup ) SetIPRanges ( v [ ] * IPRange ) * ClusterSecurityGroup {
s . IPRanges = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroup ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * ClusterSecurityGroup {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes a cluster security group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSecurityGroupMembership
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster security group.
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the cluster security group.
Status * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership ) SetStatus ( v string ) * ClusterSecurityGroupMembership {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for
// cross-region snapshot copy.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region
// snapshot copy is enabled.
DestinationRegion * string ` type:"string" `
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination
// region after they are copied from a source region.
RetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
SnapshotCopyGrantName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ) SetDestinationRegion ( v string ) * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus {
s . DestinationRegion = & v
return s
}
// SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ) SetRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus {
s . RetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus ) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName ( v string ) * ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus {
s . SnapshotCopyGrantName = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a subnet group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSubnetGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterSubnetGroup struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster subnet group.
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The description of the cluster subnet group.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete, Incomplete
// and Invalid.
SubnetGroupStatus * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of the VPC Subnet elements.
Subnets [ ] * Subnet ` locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list" `
// The list of tags for the cluster subnet group.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
// The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group.
VpcId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSubnetGroup ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterSubnetGroup ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSubnetGroup ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * ClusterSubnetGroup {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSubnetGroup ) SetDescription ( v string ) * ClusterSubnetGroup {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSubnetGroup ) SetSubnetGroupStatus ( v string ) * ClusterSubnetGroup {
s . SubnetGroupStatus = & v
return s
}
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSubnetGroup ) SetSubnets ( v [ ] * Subnet ) * ClusterSubnetGroup {
s . Subnets = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSubnetGroup ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * ClusterSubnetGroup {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func ( s * ClusterSubnetGroup ) SetVpcId ( v string ) * ClusterSubnetGroup {
s . VpcId = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description
// of the version.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterVersion
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ClusterVersion struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster.
ClusterParameterGroupFamily * string ` type:"string" `
// The version number used by the cluster.
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// The description of the cluster version.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterVersion ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ClusterVersion ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterParameterGroupFamily sets the ClusterParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func ( s * ClusterVersion ) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily ( v string ) * ClusterVersion {
s . ClusterParameterGroupFamily = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * ClusterVersion ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * ClusterVersion {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * ClusterVersion ) SetDescription ( v string ) * ClusterVersion {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshotMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier for the source snapshot.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is
// available.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SourceSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceSnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
TargetSnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CopyClusterSnapshotInput" }
if s . SourceSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SourceSnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . TargetSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetSnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * CopyClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * CopyClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SourceSnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CopyClusterSnapshotInput ) SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * CopyClusterSnapshotInput {
s . TargetSnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshotResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a snapshot.
Snapshot * Snapshot ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
func ( s * CopyClusterSnapshotOutput ) SetSnapshot ( v * Snapshot ) * CopyClusterSnapshotOutput {
s . Snapshot = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Reserved.
AdditionalInfo * string ` type:"string" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can
// request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.
//
// Default: true
AllowVersionUpgrade * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: 1
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision
// the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a
// specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned
// in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// specified by the endpoint.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Example: us-east-1d
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as
// the current endpoint.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
AvailabilityZone * string ` type:"string" `
// A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to
// the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying.
// The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Example: myexamplecluster
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
//
// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroups [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list" `
// The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// outside virtual private cloud (VPC).
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * single-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is required.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Default: multi-node
ClusterType * string ` type:"string" `
// The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy
// on the cluster.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.
//
// Example: 1.0
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the
// cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For
// more information, go to Create a Database (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
//
// Default: dev
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain only lowercase letters.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved
// words can be found in Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
DBName * string ` type:"string" `
// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
//
// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ElasticIp * string ` type:"string" `
// If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
//
// Default: false
Encrypted * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
//
// Default: false
EnhancedVpcRouting * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
// in a single request.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time.
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
IamRoles [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
KmsKeyId * string ` type:"string" `
// The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that
// is being created.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain one number.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
// (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// MasterUserPassword is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
MasterUserPassword * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that
// is being created.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// MasterUsername is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
MasterUsername * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node
// types, go to Working with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// | dc1.8xlarge.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// NodeType is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
NodeType * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when
// the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node.
//
// For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to Working
// with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When
// requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that
// you want in the cluster.
//
// Default: 1
//
// Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
NumberOfNodes * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
//
// The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings.
// Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will
// listen for incoming connections.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: 5439
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Valid Values: 1150-65535
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Port * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
// can occur.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about
// the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
//
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow * string ` type:"string" `
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
PubliclyAccessible * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
// the cluster.
//
// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
VpcSecurityGroupIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateClusterInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . MasterUserPassword == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "MasterUserPassword" ) )
}
if s . MasterUsername == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "MasterUsername" ) )
}
if s . NodeType == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "NodeType" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetAdditionalInfo ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . AdditionalInfo = & v
return s
}
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetAllowVersionUpgrade ( v bool ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . AllowVersionUpgrade = & v
return s
}
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetAvailabilityZone ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . AvailabilityZone = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetClusterParameterGroupName ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ClusterParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetClusterType ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ClusterType = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetDBName ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . DBName = & v
return s
}
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetElasticIp ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . ElasticIp = & v
return s
}
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetEncrypted ( v bool ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . Encrypted = & v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetEnhancedVpcRouting ( v bool ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . EnhancedVpcRouting = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetIamRoles ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . IamRoles = v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetKmsKeyId ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . KmsKeyId = & v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetMasterUserPassword ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . MasterUserPassword = & v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetMasterUsername ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . MasterUsername = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetNumberOfNodes ( v int64 ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . NumberOfNodes = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow ( v string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . PreferredMaintenanceWindow = & v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetPubliclyAccessible ( v bool ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . PubliclyAccessible = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterInput ) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateClusterInput {
s . VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * CreateClusterOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A description of the parameter group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Description is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Description * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies.
// The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.
//
// To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call DescribeClusterParameterGroups.
// By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that
// are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for
// each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated
// with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example,
// a valid family name is "redshift-1.0".
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupFamily * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique withing your AWS account.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// This value is stored as a lower-case string.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateClusterParameterGroupInput" }
if s . Description == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Description" ) )
}
if s . ParameterGroupFamily == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupFamily" ) )
}
if s . ParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetDescription ( v string ) * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameterGroupFamily ( v string ) * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . ParameterGroupFamily = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroupResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a parameter group.
ClusterParameterGroup * ClusterParameterGroup ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterParameterGroup sets the ClusterParameterGroup field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput ) SetClusterParameterGroup ( v * ClusterParameterGroup ) * CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput {
s . ClusterParameterGroup = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
// string.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must not be "Default".
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS
// account.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Example: examplesecuritygroup
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A description for the security group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Description is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Description * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput" }
if s . ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSecurityGroupName" ) )
}
if s . Description == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Description" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) SetDescription ( v string ) * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroupResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a security group.
ClusterSecurityGroup * ClusterSecurityGroup ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) SetClusterSecurityGroup ( v * ClusterSecurityGroup ) * CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroup = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshotMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier
// must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Example: my-snapshot-id
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateClusterSnapshotInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSnapshotInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateClusterSnapshotInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshotResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a snapshot.
Snapshot * Snapshot ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSnapshotOutput ) SetSnapshot ( v * Snapshot ) * CreateClusterSnapshotOutput {
s . Snapshot = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
// string.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must not be "Default".
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Example: examplesubnetgroup
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A description for the subnet group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Description is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Description * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
// single request.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SubnetIds is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SubnetIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput" }
if s . ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSubnetGroupName" ) )
}
if s . Description == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Description" ) )
}
if s . SubnetIds == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SubnetIds" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetDescription ( v string ) * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetSubnetIds ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . SubnetIds = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroupResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a subnet group.
ClusterSubnetGroup * ClusterSubnetGroup ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroup sets the ClusterSubnetGroup field's value.
func ( s * CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) SetClusterSubnetGroup ( v * ClusterSubnetGroup ) * CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroup = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscriptionMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
// create the subscription but not active it.
Enabled * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
// notification subscription.
//
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
EventCategories [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list" `
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
// notification subscription.
//
// Values: ERROR, INFO
Severity * string ` type:"string" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the
// event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic
// and subscribe to it.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnsTopicArn is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnsTopicArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
// within the source type specified.
//
// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
//
// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
SourceIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list" `
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
// type in order to specify source IDs.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
// cluster-snapshot.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceType * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the event subscription to be created.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SubscriptionName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateEventSubscriptionInput" }
if s . SnsTopicArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnsTopicArn" ) )
}
if s . SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SubscriptionName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetEnabled ( v bool ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . Enabled = & v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetEventCategories ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSeverity ( v string ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . Severity = & v
return s
}
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSnsTopicArn ( v string ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SnsTopicArn = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSourceIds ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SourceIds = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSubscriptionName ( v string ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SubscriptionName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscriptionResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes event subscriptions.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
EventSubscription * EventSubscription ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func ( s * CreateEventSubscriptionOutput ) SetEventSubscription ( v * EventSubscription ) * CreateEventSubscriptionOutput {
s . EventSubscription = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificateMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
// cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateHsmClientCertificateInput" }
if s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateHsmClientCertificateInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificateResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
// cluster to encrypt data files.
HsmClientCertificate * HsmClientCertificate ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificate sets the HsmClientCertificate field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput ) SetHsmClientCertificate ( v * HsmClientCertificate ) * CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput {
s . HsmClientCertificate = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfigurationMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Description is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Description * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmIpAddress is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmIpAddress * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
// store their database encryption keys.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmPartitionName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmPartitionName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The password required to access the HSM partition.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmPartitionPassword is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmPartitionPassword * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
// server.pem.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmServerPublicCertificate is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmServerPublicCertificate * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateHsmConfigurationInput" }
if s . Description == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Description" ) )
}
if s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . HsmIpAddress == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmIpAddress" ) )
}
if s . HsmPartitionName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmPartitionName" ) )
}
if s . HsmPartitionPassword == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmPartitionPassword" ) )
}
if s . HsmServerPublicCertificate == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmServerPublicCertificate" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetDescription ( v string ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmIpAddress sets the HsmIpAddress field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetHsmIpAddress ( v string ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . HsmIpAddress = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmPartitionName sets the HsmPartitionName field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetHsmPartitionName ( v string ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . HsmPartitionName = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmPartitionPassword sets the HsmPartitionPassword field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetHsmPartitionPassword ( v string ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . HsmPartitionPassword = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmServerPublicCertificate sets the HsmServerPublicCertificate field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetHsmServerPublicCertificate ( v string ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . HsmServerPublicCertificate = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateHsmConfigurationInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfigurationResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
HsmConfiguration * HsmConfiguration ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmConfiguration sets the HsmConfiguration field's value.
func ( s * CreateHsmConfigurationOutput ) SetHsmConfiguration ( v * HsmConfiguration ) * CreateHsmConfigurationOutput {
s . HsmConfiguration = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrantMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to which to grant
// Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used.
KmsKeyId * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region
// for the AWS account.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotCopyGrantName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput" }
if s . SnapshotCopyGrantName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotCopyGrantName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func ( s * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) SetKmsKeyId ( v string ) * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
s . KmsKeyId = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
func ( s * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName ( v string ) * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
s . SnapshotCopyGrantName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrantResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
// in the destination region.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
SnapshotCopyGrant * SnapshotCopyGrant ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshotCopyGrant sets the SnapshotCopyGrant field's value.
func ( s * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) SetSnapshotCopyGrant ( v * SnapshotCopyGrant ) * CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput {
s . SnapshotCopyGrant = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the CreateTags action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTagsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateTagsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags.
// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ResourceName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ResourceName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each
// tag name is passed in with the parameter Key and the corresponding value
// is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key and Value parameters are separated
// by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags
// "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0".
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Tags is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTagsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTagsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateTagsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateTagsInput" }
if s . ResourceName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ResourceName" ) )
}
if s . Tags == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Tags" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func ( s * CreateTagsInput ) SetResourceName ( v string ) * CreateTagsInput {
s . ResourceName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateTagsInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateTagsInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTagsOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type CreateTagsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTagsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTagsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DefaultClusterParameters
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DefaultClusterParameters struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine default
// parameters apply.
ParameterGroupFamily * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of cluster default parameters.
Parameters [ ] * Parameter ` locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DefaultClusterParameters ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DefaultClusterParameters ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DefaultClusterParameters ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DefaultClusterParameters {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func ( s * DefaultClusterParameters ) SetParameterGroupFamily ( v string ) * DefaultClusterParameters {
s . ParameterGroupFamily = & v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func ( s * DefaultClusterParameters ) SetParameters ( v [ ] * Parameter ) * DefaultClusterParameters {
s . Parameters = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain lowercase characters.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before
// deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
// must be false.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon
// Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created.
// If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// is false.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Default: false
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SkipFinalClusterSnapshot * bool ` type:"boolean" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteClusterInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteClusterInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DeleteClusterInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterInput ) SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * DeleteClusterInput {
s . FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot sets the SkipFinalClusterSnapshot field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterInput ) SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot ( v bool ) * DeleteClusterInput {
s . SkipFinalClusterSnapshot = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * DeleteClusterOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the parameter group to be deleted.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput" }
if s . ParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput" }
if s . ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSecurityGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshotMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
//
// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
SnapshotClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
//
// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available
// state.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteClusterSnapshotInput" }
if s . SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SnapshotClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * DeleteClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshotResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a snapshot.
Snapshot * Snapshot ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput ) SetSnapshot ( v * Snapshot ) * DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput {
s . Snapshot = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput" }
if s . ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSubnetGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscriptionMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SubscriptionName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteEventSubscriptionInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput" }
if s . SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SubscriptionName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func ( s * DeleteEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSubscriptionName ( v string ) * DeleteEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SubscriptionName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificateMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput" }
if s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmClientCertificateIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfigurationMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteHsmConfigurationInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteHsmConfigurationInput" }
if s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HsmConfigurationIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DeleteHsmConfigurationInput ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * DeleteHsmConfigurationInput {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotCopyGrantName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput" }
if s . SnapshotCopyGrantName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotCopyGrantName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
func ( s * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput ) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName ( v string ) * DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput {
s . SnapshotCopyGrantName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTagsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteTagsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags.
// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ResourceName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ResourceName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The tag key that you want to delete.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TagKeys is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTagsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTagsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteTagsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteTagsInput" }
if s . ResourceName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ResourceName" ) )
}
if s . TagKeys == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TagKeys" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func ( s * DeleteTagsInput ) SetResourceName ( v string ) * DeleteTagsInput {
s . ResourceName = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DeleteTagsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DeleteTagsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTagsOutput
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTagsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTagsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroupsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default,
// details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned.
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
// that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
// both of these tag keys associated with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
// suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
// both of these tag values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one cluster
// parameter group.
ParameterGroups [ ] * ClusterParameterGroup ` locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroups sets the ParameterGroups field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput ) SetParameterGroups ( v [ ] * ClusterParameterGroup ) * DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput {
s . ParameterGroups = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParametersMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are different
// form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show parameters that
// are the same as the default parameter group.
//
// Default: All parameter types returned.
//
// Valid Values: user | engine-default
Source * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParametersInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParametersInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeClusterParametersInput" }
if s . ParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParametersInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClusterParametersInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParametersInput {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersInput ) SetSource ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParametersInput {
s . Source = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterParameterGroupDetails
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterParametersOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
// cluster parameter group.
Parameters [ ] * Parameter ` locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParametersOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterParametersOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterParametersOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterParametersOutput ) SetParameters ( v [ ] * Parameter ) * DescribeClusterParametersOutput {
s . Parameters = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details.
// You can specify either the Marker parameter or a ClusterSecurityGroupName
// parameter, but not both.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Example: securitygroup1
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
// that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
// both of these tag keys associated with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
// suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
// both of these tag values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSecurityGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
ClusterSecurityGroups [ ] * ClusterSecurityGroup ` locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput ) SetClusterSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * ClusterSecurityGroup ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshotsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the cluster for which information about snapshots is requested.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified
// time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information
// about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
EndTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this field
// to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To describe
// snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, or do not specify
// the parameter.
OwnerAccount * string ` type:"string" `
// The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information.
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default,
// snapshots of all types are returned.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Valid Values: automated | manual
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotType * string ` type:"string" `
// A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time.
// The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about
// ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
StartTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
// that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
// a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys
// associated with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
// suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called admin
// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of
// these tag values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetEndTime ( v time . Time ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . EndTime = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetOwnerAccount ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . OwnerAccount = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetSnapshotType ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . SnapshotType = & v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetStartTime ( v time . Time ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . StartTime = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/SnapshotMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of Snapshot instances.
Snapshots [ ] * Snapshot ` locationNameList:"Snapshot" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshots sets the Snapshots field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput ) SetSnapshots ( v [ ] * Snapshot ) * DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput {
s . Snapshots = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
// that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
// a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys
// associated with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
// suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called admin
// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both
// of these tag values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterSubnetGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
ClusterSubnetGroups [ ] * ClusterSubnetGroup ` locationNameList:"ClusterSubnetGroup" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroups sets the ClusterSubnetGroups field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput ) SetClusterSubnetGroups ( v [ ] * ClusterSubnetGroup ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroups = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersionsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterVersionsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterParameterGroupFamily * string ` type:"string" `
// The specific cluster version to return.
//
// Example: 1.0
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions request exceed
// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterParameterGroupFamily sets the ClusterParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily ( v string ) * DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
s . ClusterParameterGroupFamily = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterVersionsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClusterVersionsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterVersionsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of Version elements.
ClusterVersions [ ] * ClusterVersion ` locationNameList:"ClusterVersion" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterVersions sets the ClusterVersions field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput ) SetClusterVersions ( v [ ] * ClusterVersion ) * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput {
s . ClusterVersions = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClusterVersionsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClustersMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClustersInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This
// parameter is case sensitive.
//
// The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request exceed the
// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or the
// Marker parameter, but not both.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
// you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
// a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated
// with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
// suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin and
// test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift
// returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag
// values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClustersInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClustersInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeClustersInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClustersInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeClustersInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClustersInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeClustersInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClustersMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeClustersOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
Clusters [ ] * Cluster ` locationNameList:"Cluster" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClustersOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeClustersOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusters sets the Clusters field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersOutput ) SetClusters ( v [ ] * Cluster ) * DescribeClustersOutput {
s . Clusters = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeClustersOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeClustersOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParametersMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in
// the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
// retrying the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group family.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupFamily * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput" }
if s . ParameterGroupFamily == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupFamily" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.
func ( s * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput ) SetParameterGroupFamily ( v string ) * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput {
s . ParameterGroupFamily = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParametersResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
DefaultClusterParameters * DefaultClusterParameters ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDefaultClusterParameters sets the DefaultClusterParameters field's value.
func ( s * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput ) SetDefaultClusterParameters ( v * DefaultClusterParameters ) * DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput {
s . DefaultClusterParameters = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategoriesMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described
// event categories apply.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceType * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventCategoriesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventCategoriesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventCategoriesInput ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventCategoriesMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of event categories descriptions.
EventCategoriesMapList [ ] * EventCategoriesMap ` locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventCategoriesOutput ) SetEventCategoriesMapList ( v [ ] * EventCategoriesMap ) * DescribeEventCategoriesOutput {
s . EventCategoriesMapList = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptionsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described.
SubscriptionName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput ) SetSubscriptionName ( v string ) * DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
s . SubscriptionName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventSubscriptionsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of event subscriptions.
EventSubscriptionsList [ ] * EventSubscription ` locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput ) SetEventSubscriptionsList ( v [ ] * EventSubscription ) * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
s . EventSubscriptionsList = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve
// events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration
// of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.
//
// Default: 60
Duration * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
EndTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed the
// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
// this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
//
// Constraints:
//
// If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is cluster.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is cluster-security-group.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify a cluster parameter group name when SourceType is cluster-parameter-group.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
// are returned.
//
// Constraints:
//
// If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also be provided.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify cluster when SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify cluster-security-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security
// group name.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter
// group name.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a cluster snapshot
// identifier.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceType * string ` type:"string" enum:"SourceType" `
// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
//
// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
StartTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetDuration ( v int64 ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . Duration = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetEndTime ( v time . Time ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . EndTime = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetSourceIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . SourceIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsInput ) SetStartTime ( v time . Time ) * DescribeEventsInput {
s . StartTime = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventsMessage
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of Event instances.
Events [ ] * Event ` locationNameList:"Event" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeEventsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsOutput ) SetEvents ( v [ ] * Event ) * DescribeEventsOutput {
s . Events = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeEventsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeEventsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificatesMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want information.
// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM client
// certificates owned by your AWS customer account.
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
// that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called owner
// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either
// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client
// certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
// For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged
// with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values
// in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates
// that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmClientCertificateMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by
// Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in
// an HSM.
HsmClientCertificates [ ] * HsmClientCertificate ` locationNameList:"HsmClientCertificate" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificates sets the HsmClientCertificates field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput ) SetHsmClientCertificates ( v [ ] * HsmClientCertificate ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput {
s . HsmClientCertificates = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurationsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described.
// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM configurations
// owned by your AWS customer account.
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
// that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called owner and
// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
// suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called
// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
// or both of these tag values associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmConfigurationMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
HsmConfigurations [ ] * HsmConfiguration ` locationNameList:"HsmConfiguration" type:"list" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmConfigurations sets the HsmConfigurations field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput ) SetHsmConfigurations ( v [ ] * HsmConfiguration ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput {
s . HsmConfigurations = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatusMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Example: examplecluster
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoggingStatusInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoggingStatusInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeLoggingStatusInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeLoggingStatusInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoggingStatusInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeLoggingStatusInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
// offerings matching the specified version.
//
// Default: All versions.
//
// Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions.
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
// offerings matching the specified node type.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/OrderableClusterOptionsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about orderable
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// options for the cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
OrderableClusterOptions [ ] * OrderableClusterOption ` locationNameList:"OrderableClusterOption" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetOrderableClusterOptions sets the OrderableClusterOptions field's value.
func ( s * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput ) SetOrderableClusterOptions ( v [ ] * OrderableClusterOption ) * DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput {
s . OrderableClusterOptions = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The unique identifier for the offering.
ReservedNodeOfferingId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput ) SetReservedNodeOfferingId ( v string ) * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput {
s . ReservedNodeOfferingId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNodeOfferingsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ReservedNodeOfferings [ ] * ReservedNodeOffering ` locationNameList:"ReservedNodeOffering" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeOfferings sets the ReservedNodeOfferings field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput ) SetReservedNodeOfferings ( v [ ] * ReservedNodeOffering ) * DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput {
s . ReservedNodeOfferings = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodesMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeReservedNodesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request exceed
// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// Identifier for the node reservation.
ReservedNodeId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodesInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeReservedNodesInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodesInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeReservedNodesInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeId sets the ReservedNodeId field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodesInput ) SetReservedNodeId ( v string ) * DescribeReservedNodesInput {
s . ReservedNodeId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNodesMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeReservedNodesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The list of ReservedNode objects.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ReservedNodes [ ] * ReservedNode ` locationNameList:"ReservedNode" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeReservedNodesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodesOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeReservedNodesOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodes sets the ReservedNodes field's value.
func ( s * DescribeReservedNodesOutput ) SetReservedNodes ( v [ ] * ReservedNode ) * DescribeReservedNodesOutput {
s . ReservedNodes = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResizeMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeResizeInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting.
// This parameter is case-sensitive.
//
// By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account
// are returned.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeResizeInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeResizeInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeResizeInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeResizeInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeResizeInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResizeProgressMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeResizeOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured
// in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value
// shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began.
// After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time,
// in seconds, for the resize operation.
ElapsedTimeInSeconds * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete.
// This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated
// amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete,
// this value will be 0.
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The names of tables that have been completely imported .
//
// Valid Values: List of table names.
ImportTablesCompleted [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The names of tables that are being currently imported.
//
// Valid Values: List of table names.
ImportTablesInProgress [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
//
// Valid Values: List of table names
ImportTablesNotStarted [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on
// the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
// estimated total amount of data before resize).
ProgressInMegaBytes * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The status of the resize operation.
//
// Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED
Status * string ` type:"string" `
// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
//
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
TargetClusterType * string ` type:"string" `
// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
TargetNodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation
// is complete.
TargetNumberOfNodes * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
// resize operation began.
TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes * int64 ` type:"long" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeResizeOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeResizeOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond ( v float64 ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = & v
return s
}
// SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds ( v int64 ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . ElapsedTimeInSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds sets the EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds ( v int64 ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetImportTablesCompleted sets the ImportTablesCompleted field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetImportTablesCompleted ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . ImportTablesCompleted = v
return s
}
// SetImportTablesInProgress sets the ImportTablesInProgress field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetImportTablesInProgress ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . ImportTablesInProgress = v
return s
}
// SetImportTablesNotStarted sets the ImportTablesNotStarted field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetImportTablesNotStarted ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . ImportTablesNotStarted = v
return s
}
// SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetProgressInMegaBytes ( v int64 ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . ProgressInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetStatus ( v string ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetClusterType sets the TargetClusterType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetTargetClusterType ( v string ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . TargetClusterType = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetNodeType sets the TargetNodeType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetTargetNodeType ( v string ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . TargetNodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetNumberOfNodes sets the TargetNumberOfNodes field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetTargetNumberOfNodes ( v int64 ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . TargetNumberOfNodes = & v
return s
}
// SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes sets the TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * DescribeResizeOutput ) SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes ( v int64 ) * DescribeResizeOutput {
s . TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
// the Marker parameter, but not both.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
//
// Default: 100
//
// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
SnapshotCopyGrantName * string ` type:"string" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
// with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
// associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName ( v string ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
s . SnapshotCopyGrantName = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/SnapshotCopyGrantMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
// the request.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
// the Marker parameter, but not both.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotCopyGrants [ ] * SnapshotCopyGrant ` locationNameList:"SnapshotCopyGrant" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCopyGrants sets the SnapshotCopyGrants field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput ) SetSnapshotCopyGrants ( v [ ] * SnapshotCopyGrant ) * DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput {
s . SnapshotCopyGrants = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatusMessage
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTableRestoreStatus
// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you
// don't specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus
// returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests.
TableRestoreRequestId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetTableRestoreRequestId sets the TableRestoreRequestId field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput ) SetTableRestoreRequestId ( v string ) * DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput {
s . TableRestoreRequestId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TableRestoreStatusMessage
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeTableRestoreStatus
// request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
TableRestoreStatusDetails [ ] * TableRestoreStatus ` locationNameList:"TableRestoreStatus" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetTableRestoreStatusDetails sets the TableRestoreStatusDetails field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput ) SetTableRestoreStatusDetails ( v [ ] * TableRestoreStatus ) * DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput {
s . TableRestoreStatusDetails = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTagsMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeTagsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number
// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
MaxRecords * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or
// tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
ResourceName * string ` type:"string" `
// The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// are:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cluster
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * CIDR/IP
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * EC2 security group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Snapshot
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cluster security group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Subnet group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * HSM connection
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * HSM certificate
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Parameter group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Snapshot copy grant
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ResourceType * string ` type:"string" `
// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
// with them.
TagKeys [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" `
// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
// associated with them.
TagValues [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetMaxRecords ( v int64 ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . MaxRecords = & v
return s
}
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetResourceName ( v string ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . ResourceName = & v
return s
}
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetResourceType ( v string ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . ResourceType = & v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
// SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetTagValues ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . TagValues = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TaggedResourceListMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DescribeTagsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
// records have been retrieved for the request.
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of tags with their associated resources.
TaggedResources [ ] * TaggedResource ` locationNameList:"TaggedResource" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsOutput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeTagsOutput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetTaggedResources sets the TaggedResources field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsOutput ) SetTaggedResources ( v [ ] * TaggedResource ) * DescribeTagsOutput {
s . TaggedResources = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLoggingMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DisableLoggingInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.
//
// Example: examplecluster
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DisableLoggingInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DisableLoggingInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DisableLoggingInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DisableLoggingInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DisableLoggingInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DisableLoggingInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopyMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying
// of snapshots to a destination region.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// snapshot copy enabled.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DisableSnapshotCopyInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DisableSnapshotCopyInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DisableSnapshotCopyInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DisableSnapshotCopyInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * DisableSnapshotCopyInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * DisableSnapshotCopyInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopyResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * DisableSnapshotCopyOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * DisableSnapshotCopyOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes an Amazon EC2 security group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EC2SecurityGroup
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the EC2 Security Group.
EC2SecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName
// field.
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the EC2 security group.
Status * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of tags for the EC2 security group.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EC2SecurityGroup ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EC2SecurityGroup ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * EC2SecurityGroup ) SetEC2SecurityGroupName ( v string ) * EC2SecurityGroup {
s . EC2SecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
func ( s * EC2SecurityGroup ) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId ( v string ) * EC2SecurityGroup {
s . EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * EC2SecurityGroup ) SetStatus ( v string ) * EC2SecurityGroup {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * EC2SecurityGroup ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * EC2SecurityGroup {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ElasticIpStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ElasticIpStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
ElasticIp * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Status * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ElasticIpStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ElasticIpStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
func ( s * ElasticIpStatus ) SetElasticIp ( v string ) * ElasticIpStatus {
s . ElasticIp = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * ElasticIpStatus ) SetStatus ( v string ) * ElasticIpStatus {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLoggingMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EnableLoggingInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be in the same region as the cluster
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// BucketName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
BucketName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.
//
// Example: examplecluster
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The prefix applied to the log file names.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot exceed 512 characters
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash
// (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters
// are:
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// x00 to x20
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// x22
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// x27
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// x5c
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// x7f or larger
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
S3KeyPrefix * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EnableLoggingInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EnableLoggingInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * EnableLoggingInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "EnableLoggingInput" }
if s . BucketName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "BucketName" ) )
}
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
func ( s * EnableLoggingInput ) SetBucketName ( v string ) * EnableLoggingInput {
s . BucketName = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * EnableLoggingInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * EnableLoggingInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetS3KeyPrefix sets the S3KeyPrefix field's value.
func ( s * EnableLoggingInput ) SetS3KeyPrefix ( v string ) * EnableLoggingInput {
s . S3KeyPrefix = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopyMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see
// Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// DestinationRegion is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
DestinationRegion * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
// after they are copied from the source region.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: 7.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
RetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an AWS KMS-encrypted
// cluster are copied to the destination region.
SnapshotCopyGrantName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "EnableSnapshotCopyInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . DestinationRegion == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "DestinationRegion" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.
func ( s * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) SetDestinationRegion ( v string ) * EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
s . DestinationRegion = & v
return s
}
// SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) SetRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
s . RetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
func ( s * EnableSnapshotCopyInput ) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName ( v string ) * EnableSnapshotCopyInput {
s . SnapshotCopyGrantName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopyResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * EnableSnapshotCopyOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * EnableSnapshotCopyOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a connection endpoint.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Endpoint
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Endpoint struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The DNS address of the Cluster.
Address * string ` type:"string" `
// The port that the database engine is listening on.
Port * int64 ` type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Endpoint ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Endpoint ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAddress sets the Address field's value.
func ( s * Endpoint ) SetAddress ( v string ) * Endpoint {
s . Address = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * Endpoint ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * Endpoint {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes an event.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Event
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Event struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The date and time of the event.
Date * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// A list of the event categories.
//
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
EventCategories [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list" `
// The identifier of the event.
EventId * string ` type:"string" `
// The text of this event.
Message * string ` type:"string" `
// The severity of the event.
//
// Values: ERROR, INFO
Severity * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier for the source of the event.
SourceIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The source type for this event.
SourceType * string ` type:"string" enum:"SourceType" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Event ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Event ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetDate ( v time . Time ) * Event {
s . Date = & v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetEventCategories ( v [ ] * string ) * Event {
s . EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetEventId ( v string ) * Event {
s . EventId = & v
return s
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetMessage ( v string ) * Event {
s . Message = & v
return s
}
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetSeverity ( v string ) * Event {
s . Severity = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetSourceIdentifier ( v string ) * Event {
s . SourceIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * Event ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * Event {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes event categories.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventCategoriesMap
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The events in the event category.
Events [ ] * EventInfoMap ` locationNameList:"EventInfoMap" type:"list" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned categories
// belong to.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceType * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EventCategoriesMap ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EventCategoriesMap ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func ( s * EventCategoriesMap ) SetEvents ( v [ ] * EventInfoMap ) * EventCategoriesMap {
s . Events = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * EventCategoriesMap ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * EventCategoriesMap {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes event information.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventInfoMap
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EventInfoMap struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The category of an Amazon Redshift event.
EventCategories [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list" `
// The description of an Amazon Redshift event.
EventDescription * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event.
EventId * string ` type:"string" `
// The severity of the event.
//
// Values: ERROR, INFO
Severity * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EventInfoMap ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EventInfoMap ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func ( s * EventInfoMap ) SetEventCategories ( v [ ] * string ) * EventInfoMap {
s . EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetEventDescription sets the EventDescription field's value.
func ( s * EventInfoMap ) SetEventDescription ( v string ) * EventInfoMap {
s . EventDescription = & v
return s
}
// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
func ( s * EventInfoMap ) SetEventId ( v string ) * EventInfoMap {
s . EventId = & v
return s
}
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
func ( s * EventInfoMap ) SetSeverity ( v string ) * EventInfoMap {
s . Severity = & v
return s
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes event subscriptions.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EventSubscription
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type EventSubscription struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
CustSubscriptionId * string ` type:"string" `
// The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event notification
// subscription.
CustomerAwsId * string ` type:"string" `
// A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. true indicates
// the subscription is enabled.
Enabled * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification
// subscription.
//
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
EventCategoriesList [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list" `
// The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
//
// Values: ERROR, INFO
Severity * string ` type:"string" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event
// notification subscription.
SnsTopicArn * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event notification
// subscription.
SourceIdsList [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list" `
// The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event notification,
// such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot.
SourceType * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer
// has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist"
// indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Status * string ` type:"string" `
// The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was
// created.
SubscriptionCreationTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// The list of tags for the event subscription.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s EventSubscription ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s EventSubscription ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetCustSubscriptionId ( v string ) * EventSubscription {
s . CustSubscriptionId = & v
return s
}
// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetCustomerAwsId ( v string ) * EventSubscription {
s . CustomerAwsId = & v
return s
}
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetEnabled ( v bool ) * EventSubscription {
s . Enabled = & v
return s
}
// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetEventCategoriesList ( v [ ] * string ) * EventSubscription {
s . EventCategoriesList = v
return s
}
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetSeverity ( v string ) * EventSubscription {
s . Severity = & v
return s
}
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetSnsTopicArn ( v string ) * EventSubscription {
s . SnsTopicArn = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetSourceIdsList ( v [ ] * string ) * EventSubscription {
s . SourceIdsList = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * EventSubscription {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetStatus ( v string ) * EventSubscription {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetSubscriptionCreationTime ( v time . Time ) * EventSubscription {
s . SubscriptionCreationTime = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * EventSubscription ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * EventSubscription {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-04-19 19:55:37 +02:00
// The request parameters to get cluster credentials.
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentialsMessage
type GetClusterCredentialsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Create a database user with the name specified for DbUser if one does not
// exist.
AutoCreate * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for which
// your are requesting credentials. This parameter is case sensitive.
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of the names of existing database groups that DbUser will join for
// the current session. If not specified, the new user is added only to PUBLIC.
DbGroups [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"DbGroup" type:"list" `
// The name of a database that DbUser is authorized to log on to. If DbName
// is not specified, DbUser can log in to any existing database.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
//
// * Must contain only lowercase letters.
//
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
DbName * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of a database user. If a user name matching DbUser exists in the
// database, the temporary user credentials have the same permissions as the
// existing user. If DbUser doesn't exist in the database and Autocreate is
// True, a new user is created using the value for DbUser with PUBLIC permissions.
// If a database user matching the value for DbUser doesn't exist and Autocreate
// is False, then the command succeeds but the connection attempt will fail
// because the user doesn't exist in the database.
//
// For more information, see CREATE USER (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/http:/docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_CREATE_USER.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
//
// Constraints:
//
// * Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
//
// * Must contain only lowercase letters.
//
// * First character must be a letter.
//
// * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
//
// * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
// Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
//
// DbUser is a required field
DbUser * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
//
// Constraint: minimum 900, maximum 3600.
//
// Default: 900
DurationSeconds * int64 ` type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s GetClusterCredentialsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s GetClusterCredentialsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "GetClusterCredentialsInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . DbUser == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "DbUser" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAutoCreate sets the AutoCreate field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) SetAutoCreate ( v bool ) * GetClusterCredentialsInput {
s . AutoCreate = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * GetClusterCredentialsInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetDbGroups sets the DbGroups field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) SetDbGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * GetClusterCredentialsInput {
s . DbGroups = v
return s
}
// SetDbName sets the DbName field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) SetDbName ( v string ) * GetClusterCredentialsInput {
s . DbName = & v
return s
}
// SetDbUser sets the DbUser field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) SetDbUser ( v string ) * GetClusterCredentialsInput {
s . DbUser = & v
return s
}
// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsInput ) SetDurationSeconds ( v int64 ) * GetClusterCredentialsInput {
s . DurationSeconds = & v
return s
}
// Temporary credentials with authorization to log in to an Amazon Redshift
// database.
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ClusterCredentials
type GetClusterCredentialsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A temporary password that authorizes the user name returned by DbUser to
// log on to the database DbName.
DbPassword * string ` type:"string" `
// A database user name that is authorized to log on to the database DbName
// using the password DbPassword. If the DbGroups parameter is specifed, DbUser
// is added to the listed groups for the current session. The user name is prefixed
// with IAM: for an existing user name or IAMA: if the user was auto-created.
DbUser * string ` type:"string" `
// The date and time DbPassword expires.
Expiration * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s GetClusterCredentialsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s GetClusterCredentialsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetDbPassword sets the DbPassword field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsOutput ) SetDbPassword ( v string ) * GetClusterCredentialsOutput {
s . DbPassword = & v
return s
}
// SetDbUser sets the DbUser field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsOutput ) SetDbUser ( v string ) * GetClusterCredentialsOutput {
s . DbUser = & v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func ( s * GetClusterCredentialsOutput ) SetExpiration ( v time . Time ) * GetClusterCredentialsOutput {
s . Expiration = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
// cluster to encrypt data files.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmClientCertificate
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type HsmClientCertificate struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the HSM client certificate.
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the
// HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM.
HsmClientCertificatePublicKey * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of tags for the HSM client certificate.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s HsmClientCertificate ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s HsmClientCertificate ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * HsmClientCertificate ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * HsmClientCertificate {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey sets the HsmClientCertificatePublicKey field's value.
func ( s * HsmClientCertificate ) SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey ( v string ) * HsmClientCertificate {
s . HsmClientCertificatePublicKey = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * HsmClientCertificate ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * HsmClientCertificate {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmConfiguration
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type HsmConfiguration struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A text description of the HSM configuration.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
HsmIpAddress * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
// store their database encryption keys.
HsmPartitionName * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of tags for the HSM configuration.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s HsmConfiguration ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s HsmConfiguration ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * HsmConfiguration ) SetDescription ( v string ) * HsmConfiguration {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * HsmConfiguration ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * HsmConfiguration {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmIpAddress sets the HsmIpAddress field's value.
func ( s * HsmConfiguration ) SetHsmIpAddress ( v string ) * HsmConfiguration {
s . HsmIpAddress = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmPartitionName sets the HsmPartitionName field's value.
func ( s * HsmConfiguration ) SetHsmPartitionName ( v string ) * HsmConfiguration {
s . HsmPartitionName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * HsmConfiguration ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * HsmConfiguration {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
// Describes the status of changes to HSM settings.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/HsmStatus
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
type HsmStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM
// settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
//
// Values: active, applying
Status * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s HsmStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s HsmStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * HsmStatus ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * HsmStatus {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * HsmStatus ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * HsmStatus {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * HsmStatus ) SetStatus ( v string ) * HsmStatus {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes an IP range used in a security group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/IPRange
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type IPRange struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation.
CIDRIP * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized".
Status * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of tags for the IP range.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s IPRange ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s IPRange ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
func ( s * IPRange ) SetCIDRIP ( v string ) * IPRange {
s . CIDRIP = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * IPRange ) SetStatus ( v string ) * IPRange {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * IPRange ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * IPRange {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the status of logging for a cluster.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/LoggingStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type LoggingStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
BucketName * string ` type:"string" `
// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
LastFailureMessage * string ` type:"string" `
// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
LastFailureTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The last time that logs were delivered.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
LoggingEnabled * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The prefix applied to the log file names.
S3KeyPrefix * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s LoggingStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s LoggingStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
func ( s * LoggingStatus ) SetBucketName ( v string ) * LoggingStatus {
s . BucketName = & v
return s
}
// SetLastFailureMessage sets the LastFailureMessage field's value.
func ( s * LoggingStatus ) SetLastFailureMessage ( v string ) * LoggingStatus {
s . LastFailureMessage = & v
return s
}
// SetLastFailureTime sets the LastFailureTime field's value.
func ( s * LoggingStatus ) SetLastFailureTime ( v time . Time ) * LoggingStatus {
s . LastFailureTime = & v
return s
}
// SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime sets the LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime field's value.
func ( s * LoggingStatus ) SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime ( v time . Time ) * LoggingStatus {
s . LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime = & v
return s
}
// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func ( s * LoggingStatus ) SetLoggingEnabled ( v bool ) * LoggingStatus {
s . LoggingEnabled = & v
return s
}
// SetS3KeyPrefix sets the S3KeyPrefix field's value.
func ( s * LoggingStatus ) SetS3KeyPrefix ( v string ) * LoggingStatus {
s . S3KeyPrefix = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRolesMessage
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in
// their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles
// with a single cluster in a single request.
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
AddIamRoles [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate
// IAM roles.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You
// can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request.
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
RemoveIamRoles [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyClusterIamRolesInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAddIamRoles sets the AddIamRoles field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) SetAddIamRoles ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput {
s . AddIamRoles = v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetRemoveIamRoles sets the RemoveIamRoles field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput ) SetRemoveIamRoles ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyClusterIamRolesInput {
s . RemoveIamRoles = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRolesResult
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyClusterInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
// during the maintenance window.
//
// Default: false
AllowVersionUpgrade * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention
// period will be immediately deleted.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting.
//
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.
//
// Example: examplecluster
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change
// is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use RebootCluster.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting.
//
// Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group
// family that matches the cluster version.
ClusterParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This
// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
//
// Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list
// of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroups [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list" `
// The new cluster type.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into
// a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on
// your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old
// cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You
// can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
ClusterType * string ` type:"string" `
// The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently
// in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family
// for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can
// be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information
// about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// Example: 1.0
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
//
// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ElasticIp * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
//
// Default: false
EnhancedVpcRouting * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously
// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// element of the operation response.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to
// regain access to the master user account for a cluster if the password is
// lost.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Default: Uses existing setting.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain one number.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
// (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
MasterUserPassword * string ` type:"string" `
// The new identifier for the cluster.
//
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Example: examplecluster
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
NewClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must
// also specify the number of nodes parameter.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
// the progress of the resize request.
//
// Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
// | dc1.8xlarge.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes,
// you must also specify the node type parameter.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
// the progress of the resize request.
//
// Valid Values: Integer greater than 0.
NumberOfNodes * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
// if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may
// result in an outage.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between
// the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes
// are applied.
//
// Default: Uses existing setting.
//
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00.
//
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
//
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters
// in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
PubliclyAccessible * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
// the cluster.
VpcSecurityGroupIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyClusterInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetAllowVersionUpgrade ( v bool ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . AllowVersionUpgrade = & v
return s
}
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetClusterParameterGroupName ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . ClusterParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetClusterType ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . ClusterType = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetElasticIp ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . ElasticIp = & v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetEnhancedVpcRouting ( v bool ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . EnhancedVpcRouting = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetMasterUserPassword ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . MasterUserPassword = & v
return s
}
// SetNewClusterIdentifier sets the NewClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetNewClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . NewClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetNumberOfNodes ( v int64 ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . NumberOfNodes = & v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow ( v string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . PreferredMaintenanceWindow = & v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetPubliclyAccessible ( v bool ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . PubliclyAccessible = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterInput ) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyClusterInput {
s . VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyClusterOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * ModifyClusterOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the parameter group to be modified.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
// modified in a single request.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Parameters is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Parameters [ ] * Parameter ` locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput" }
if s . ParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupName" ) )
}
if s . Parameters == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Parameters" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameters ( v [ ] * Parameter ) * ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . Parameters = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the subnet group to be modified.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
// single request.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SubnetIds is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SubnetIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput" }
if s . ClusterSubnetGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSubnetGroupName" ) )
}
if s . SubnetIds == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SubnetIds" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetDescription ( v string ) * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput ) SetSubnetIds ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput {
s . SubnetIds = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroupResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a subnet group.
ClusterSubnetGroup * ClusterSubnetGroup ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSubnetGroup sets the ClusterSubnetGroup field's value.
func ( s * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput ) SetClusterSubnetGroup ( v * ClusterSubnetGroup ) * ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroup = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates
// the subscription is enabled
Enabled * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
// notification subscription.
//
// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
EventCategories [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list" `
// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
// notification subscription.
//
// Values: ERROR, INFO
Severity * string ` type:"string" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event notification
// subscription.
SnsTopicArn * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
// within the source type specified.
//
// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
//
// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
SourceIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list" `
// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
// type in order to specify source IDs.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
// cluster-snapshot.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceType * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SubscriptionName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SubscriptionName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput" }
if s . SubscriptionName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SubscriptionName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetEnabled ( v bool ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . Enabled = & v
return s
}
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetEventCategories ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . EventCategories = v
return s
}
// SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSeverity ( v string ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . Severity = & v
return s
}
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSnsTopicArn ( v string ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SnsTopicArn = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSourceIds ( v [ ] * string ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SourceIds = v
return s
}
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSourceType ( v string ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SourceType = & v
return s
}
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput ) SetSubscriptionName ( v string ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
s . SubscriptionName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscriptionResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes event subscriptions.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
EventSubscription * EventSubscription ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
func ( s * ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput ) SetEventSubscription ( v * EventSubscription ) * ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput {
s . EventSubscription = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention
// period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// snapshot copy enabled.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
// after they are copied from the source region.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated
// snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside
// of the new retention period.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// RetentionPeriod is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
RetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . RetentionPeriod == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "RetentionPeriod" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput ) SetRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput {
s . RetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes an orderable cluster option.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/OrderableClusterOption
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type OrderableClusterOption struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster.
AvailabilityZones [ ] * AvailabilityZone ` locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list" `
// The cluster type, for example multi-node.
ClusterType * string ` type:"string" `
// The version of the orderable cluster.
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// The node type for the orderable cluster.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s OrderableClusterOption ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s OrderableClusterOption ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func ( s * OrderableClusterOption ) SetAvailabilityZones ( v [ ] * AvailabilityZone ) * OrderableClusterOption {
s . AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
func ( s * OrderableClusterOption ) SetClusterType ( v string ) * OrderableClusterOption {
s . ClusterType = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * OrderableClusterOption ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * OrderableClusterOption {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * OrderableClusterOption ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * OrderableClusterOption {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Parameter
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Parameter struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The valid range of values for the parameter.
AllowedValues * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can
// be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated
// clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more
// information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift
// Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ApplyType * string ` type:"string" enum:"ParameterApplyType" `
// The data type of the parameter.
DataType * string ` type:"string" `
// A description of the parameter.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or
// operational implications that prevent them from being changed.
IsModifiable * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
MinimumEngineVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the parameter.
ParameterName * string ` type:"string" `
// The value of the parameter.
ParameterValue * string ` type:"string" `
// The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user".
Source * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Parameter ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Parameter ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetAllowedValues ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . AllowedValues = & v
return s
}
// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetApplyType ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . ApplyType = & v
return s
}
// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetDataType ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . DataType = & v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetDescription ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetIsModifiable ( v bool ) * Parameter {
s . IsModifiable = & v
return s
}
// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetMinimumEngineVersion ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . MinimumEngineVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetParameterName ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . ParameterName = & v
return s
}
// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetParameterValue ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . ParameterValue = & v
return s
}
// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func ( s * Parameter ) SetSource ( v string ) * Parameter {
s . Source = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one
// or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PendingModifiedValues
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention period.
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type.
ClusterType * string ` type:"string" `
// The pending or in-progress change of the service version.
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
//
// Default: false
EnhancedVpcRouting * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster.
MasterUserPassword * string ` type:"string" `
// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster.
NumberOfNodes * int64 ` type:"integer" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the cluster
// from the public network.
PubliclyAccessible * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s PendingModifiedValues ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s PendingModifiedValues ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetClusterType ( v string ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . ClusterType = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetEnhancedVpcRouting ( v bool ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . EnhancedVpcRouting = & v
return s
}
// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetMasterUserPassword ( v string ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . MasterUserPassword = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetNumberOfNodes ( v int64 ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . NumberOfNodes = & v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func ( s * PendingModifiedValues ) SetPubliclyAccessible ( v bool ) * PendingModifiedValues {
s . PubliclyAccessible = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Default: 1
NodeCount * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ReservedNodeOfferingId is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ReservedNodeOfferingId * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput" }
if s . ReservedNodeOfferingId == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ReservedNodeOfferingId" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetNodeCount sets the NodeCount field's value.
func ( s * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) SetNodeCount ( v int64 ) * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput {
s . NodeCount = & v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
func ( s * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput ) SetReservedNodeOfferingId ( v string ) * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput {
s . ReservedNodeOfferingId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
ReservedNode * ReservedNode ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetReservedNode sets the ReservedNode field's value.
func ( s * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput ) SetReservedNode ( v * ReservedNode ) * PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput {
s . ReservedNode = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootClusterMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RebootClusterInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The cluster identifier.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RebootClusterInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RebootClusterInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RebootClusterInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RebootClusterInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RebootClusterInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * RebootClusterInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootClusterResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RebootClusterOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RebootClusterOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RebootClusterOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * RebootClusterOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * RebootClusterOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a recurring charge.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RecurringCharge
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RecurringCharge struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring charge
// frequency.
RecurringChargeAmount * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied.
RecurringChargeFrequency * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RecurringCharge ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RecurringCharge ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value.
func ( s * RecurringCharge ) SetRecurringChargeAmount ( v float64 ) * RecurringCharge {
s . RecurringChargeAmount = & v
return s
}
// SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value.
func ( s * RecurringCharge ) SetRecurringChargeFrequency ( v string ) * RecurringCharge {
s . RecurringChargeFrequency = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNode
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ReservedNode struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The currency code for the reserved cluster.
CurrencyCode * string ` type:"string" `
// The duration of the node reservation in seconds.
Duration * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
FixedPrice * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The number of reserved compute nodes.
NodeCount * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The node type of the reserved node.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
// node offering.
OfferingType * string ` type:"string" `
// The recurring charges for the reserved node.
RecurringCharges [ ] * RecurringCharge ` locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list" `
// The unique identifier for the reservation.
ReservedNodeId * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier for the reserved node offering.
ReservedNodeOfferingId * string ` type:"string" `
// The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering for
// a duration. This is the start time of that duration.
StartTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// The state of the reserved compute node.
//
// Possible Values:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and
// the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for
// use.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
State * string ` type:"string" `
// The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
UsagePrice * float64 ` type:"double" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ReservedNode ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ReservedNode ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetCurrencyCode ( v string ) * ReservedNode {
s . CurrencyCode = & v
return s
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetDuration ( v int64 ) * ReservedNode {
s . Duration = & v
return s
}
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetFixedPrice ( v float64 ) * ReservedNode {
s . FixedPrice = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeCount sets the NodeCount field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetNodeCount ( v int64 ) * ReservedNode {
s . NodeCount = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * ReservedNode {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetOfferingType ( v string ) * ReservedNode {
s . OfferingType = & v
return s
}
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetRecurringCharges ( v [ ] * RecurringCharge ) * ReservedNode {
s . RecurringCharges = v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeId sets the ReservedNodeId field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetReservedNodeId ( v string ) * ReservedNode {
s . ReservedNodeId = & v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetReservedNodeOfferingId ( v string ) * ReservedNode {
s . ReservedNodeOfferingId = & v
return s
}
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetStartTime ( v time . Time ) * ReservedNode {
s . StartTime = & v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetState ( v string ) * ReservedNode {
s . State = & v
return s
}
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNode ) SetUsagePrice ( v float64 ) * ReservedNode {
s . UsagePrice = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a reserved node offering.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ReservedNodeOffering
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ReservedNodeOffering struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The currency code for the compute nodes offering.
CurrencyCode * string ` type:"string" `
// The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node.
Duration * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved node
// offering.
FixedPrice * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The node type offered by the reserved node offering.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
// node offering.
OfferingType * string ` type:"string" `
// The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any clusters
// using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect for heavy-utilization
// reserved nodes.
RecurringCharges [ ] * RecurringCharge ` locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list" `
// The offering identifier.
ReservedNodeOfferingId * string ` type:"string" `
// The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the offering
// is running.
UsagePrice * float64 ` type:"double" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ReservedNodeOffering ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ReservedNodeOffering ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetCurrencyCode ( v string ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . CurrencyCode = & v
return s
}
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetDuration ( v int64 ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . Duration = & v
return s
}
// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetFixedPrice ( v float64 ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . FixedPrice = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetOfferingType ( v string ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . OfferingType = & v
return s
}
// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetRecurringCharges ( v [ ] * RecurringCharge ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . RecurringCharges = v
return s
}
// SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetReservedNodeOfferingId ( v string ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . ReservedNodeOfferingId = & v
return s
}
// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
func ( s * ReservedNodeOffering ) SetUsagePrice ( v float64 ) * ReservedNodeOffering {
s . UsagePrice = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroupMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ParameterGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option
// is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.
//
// Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
Parameters [ ] * Parameter ` locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" `
// If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to
// their default values.
//
// Default: true
ResetAllParameters * bool ` type:"boolean" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ResetClusterParameterGroupInput" }
if s . ParameterGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ParameterGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameterGroupName ( v string ) * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . ParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
func ( s * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetParameters ( v [ ] * Parameter ) * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . Parameters = v
return s
}
// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.
func ( s * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput ) SetResetAllParameters ( v bool ) * ResetClusterParameterGroupInput {
s . ResetAllParameters = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshotMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Reserved.
AdditionalInfo * string ` type:"string" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
//
// Default: true
AllowVersionUpgrade * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.
//
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
//
// Example: us-east-1a
AvailabilityZone * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
//
// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html).
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * First character must be a letter.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterParameterGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
// Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
ClusterSecurityGroups [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list" `
// The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.
ClusterSubnetGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
ElasticIp * string ` type:"string" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
//
// Default: false
EnhancedVpcRouting * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
HsmClientCertificateIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
HsmConfigurationIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
// in a single request.
//
// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
IamRoles [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a shared
// snapshot.
KmsKeyId * string ` type:"string" `
// The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you
// can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example,
// you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds2.xlarge into ds1.xlarge.
// If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance
// type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance
// type into another dc1.large instance type. For more information about node
// types, see About Clusters and Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if
// you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot.
OwnerAccount * string ` type:"string" `
// The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.
//
// Default: The same port as the original cluster.
//
// Constraints: Must be between 1115 and 65535.
Port * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
// can occur.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
// For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
//
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
PreferredMaintenanceWindow * string ` type:"string" `
// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
PubliclyAccessible * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
SnapshotClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter
// isn't case sensitive.
//
// Example: my-snapshot-id
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
// the cluster.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
VpcSecurityGroupIds [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetAdditionalInfo ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . AdditionalInfo = & v
return s
}
// SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetAllowVersionUpgrade ( v bool ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . AllowVersionUpgrade = & v
return s
}
// SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod ( v int64 ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod = & v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetAvailabilityZone ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . AvailabilityZone = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetClusterParameterGroupName ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ClusterParameterGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetClusterSubnetGroupName ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ClusterSubnetGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetElasticIp ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ElasticIp = & v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetEnhancedVpcRouting ( v bool ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . EnhancedVpcRouting = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . HsmClientCertificateIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . HsmConfigurationIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetIamRoles ( v [ ] * string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . IamRoles = v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetKmsKeyId ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . KmsKeyId = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetOwnerAccount ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . OwnerAccount = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . PreferredMaintenanceWindow = & v
return s
}
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetPubliclyAccessible ( v bool ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . PubliclyAccessible = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SnapshotClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds ( v [ ] * string ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshotResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster
// was not created by restoring a snapshot.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreStatus
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RestoreStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage.
// Returns the average rate for a completed backup.
CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount
// of time it took a completed restore to finish.
ElapsedTimeInSeconds * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns
// 0 for a completed restore.
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage.
ProgressInMegaBytes * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster.
SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed,
// or failed.
Status * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.
func ( s * RestoreStatus ) SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond ( v float64 ) * RestoreStatus {
s . CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = & v
return s
}
// SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.
func ( s * RestoreStatus ) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds ( v int64 ) * RestoreStatus {
s . ElapsedTimeInSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds sets the EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds field's value.
func ( s * RestoreStatus ) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds ( v int64 ) * RestoreStatus {
s . EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * RestoreStatus ) SetProgressInMegaBytes ( v int64 ) * RestoreStatus {
s . ProgressInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes sets the SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * RestoreStatus ) SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes ( v int64 ) * RestoreStatus {
s . SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * RestoreStatus ) SetStatus ( v string ) * RestoreStatus {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotMessage
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// NewTableName is a required field
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
NewTableName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must
// have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the ClusterIdentifier
// parameter.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SourceDatabaseName is a required field
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
SourceDatabaseName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If
// you do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is public.
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
SourceSchemaName * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the source table to restore from.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SourceTableName is a required field
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
SourceTableName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the database to restore the table to.
TargetDatabaseName * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
TargetSchemaName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . NewTableName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "NewTableName" ) )
}
if s . SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if s . SourceDatabaseName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SourceDatabaseName" ) )
}
if s . SourceTableName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SourceTableName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetNewTableName sets the NewTableName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetNewTableName ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . NewTableName = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceDatabaseName sets the SourceDatabaseName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSourceDatabaseName ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SourceDatabaseName = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceSchemaName sets the SourceSchemaName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSourceSchemaName ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SourceSchemaName = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceTableName sets the SourceTableName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetSourceTableName ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . SourceTableName = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetDatabaseName sets the TargetDatabaseName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetTargetDatabaseName ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . TargetDatabaseName = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetSchemaName sets the TargetSchemaName field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput ) SetTargetSchemaName ( v string ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput {
s . TargetSchemaName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotResult
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
TableRestoreStatus * TableRestoreStatus ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTableRestoreStatus sets the TableRestoreStatus field's value.
func ( s * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput ) SetTableRestoreStatus ( v * TableRestoreStatus ) * RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput {
s . TableRestoreStatus = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless
// Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is specified,
// EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided.
CIDRIP * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterSecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If EC2SecurityGroupName
// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be provided and CIDRIP cannot
// be provided.
EC2SecurityGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the
// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable
// value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName must
// also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
//
// Example: 111122223333
EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput" }
if s . ClusterSecurityGroupName == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterSecurityGroupName" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.
func ( s * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetCIDRIP ( v string ) * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . CIDRIP = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetClusterSecurityGroupName ( v string ) * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.
func ( s * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetEC2SecurityGroupName ( v string ) * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . EC2SecurityGroupName = & v
return s
}
// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.
func ( s * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput ) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId ( v string ) * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput {
s . EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a security group.
ClusterSecurityGroup * ClusterSecurityGroup ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.
func ( s * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput ) SetClusterSecurityGroup ( v * ClusterSecurityGroup ) * RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput {
s . ClusterSecurityGroup = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccessMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the
// specified snapshot.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
AccountWithRestoreAccess * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
SnapshotClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RevokeSnapshotAccessInput" }
if s . AccountWithRestoreAccess == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "AccountWithRestoreAccess" ) )
}
if s . SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SnapshotIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAccountWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountWithRestoreAccess field's value.
func ( s * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess ( v string ) * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput {
s . AccountWithRestoreAccess = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput {
s . SnapshotClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * RevokeSnapshotAccessInput {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccessResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a snapshot.
Snapshot * Snapshot ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.
func ( s * RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput ) SetSnapshot ( v * Snapshot ) * RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput {
s . Snapshot = v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKeyMessage
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption
// keys for.
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RotateEncryptionKeyInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RotateEncryptionKeyInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-05-05 03:06:27 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RotateEncryptionKeyInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RotateEncryptionKeyInput" }
if s . ClusterIdentifier == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClusterIdentifier" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * RotateEncryptionKeyInput ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * RotateEncryptionKeyInput {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKeyResult
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes a cluster.
Cluster * Cluster ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.
func ( s * RotateEncryptionKeyOutput ) SetCluster ( v * Cluster ) * RotateEncryptionKeyOutput {
s . Cluster = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a snapshot.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Snapshot
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Snapshot struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns
// null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner.
AccountsWithRestoreAccess [ ] * AccountWithRestoreAccess ` locationNameList:"AccountWithRestoreAccess" type:"list" `
// The size of the incremental backup.
ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created.
AvailabilityZone * string ` type:"string" `
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot backup.
BackupProgressInMegaBytes * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created.
ClusterCreateTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
ClusterVersion * string ` type:"string" `
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup.
// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created.
DBName * string ` type:"string" `
// The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or the
// amount of time it took a completed backup to finish.
ElapsedTimeInSeconds * int64 ` type:"long" `
// If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.
Encrypted * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the
// HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is encrypted
// using HSM keys.
EncryptedWithHSM * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
//
// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
//
// Default: false
EnhancedVpcRouting * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete.
// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
EstimatedSecondsToCompletion * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was
// used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
KmsKeyId * string ` type:"string" `
// The master user name for the cluster.
MasterUsername * string ` type:"string" `
// The node type of the nodes in the cluster.
NodeType * string ` type:"string" `
// The number of nodes in the cluster.
NumberOfNodes * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the
// snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner can
// perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot.
OwnerAccount * string ` type:"string" `
// The port that the cluster is listening on.
Port * int64 ` type:"integer" `
// The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore into.
RestorableNodeTypes [ ] * string ` locationNameList:"NodeType" type:"list" `
// The time (UTC) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot contains
// a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time.
SnapshotCreateTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request.
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot
// will be of type "manual".
SnapshotType * string ` type:"string" `
// The source region from which the snapshot was copied.
SourceRegion * string ` type:"string" `
// The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// used.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as "creating".
//
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", "available",
// "final snapshot", or "failed".
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * DeleteClusterSnapshot returns status as "deleted".
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Status * string ` type:"string" `
// The list of tags for the cluster snapshot.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
// The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore
// the cluster.
TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes * float64 ` type:"double" `
// The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a
// VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output.
VpcId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Snapshot ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Snapshot ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountsWithRestoreAccess field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess ( v [ ] * AccountWithRestoreAccess ) * Snapshot {
s . AccountsWithRestoreAccess = v
return s
}
// SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes sets the ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes ( v float64 ) * Snapshot {
s . ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetAvailabilityZone ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . AvailabilityZone = & v
return s
}
// SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes sets the BackupProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes ( v float64 ) * Snapshot {
s . BackupProgressInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetClusterCreateTime ( v time . Time ) * Snapshot {
s . ClusterCreateTime = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetClusterVersion ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . ClusterVersion = & v
return s
}
// SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond ( v float64 ) * Snapshot {
s . CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond = & v
return s
}
// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetDBName ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . DBName = & v
return s
}
// SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds ( v int64 ) * Snapshot {
s . ElapsedTimeInSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetEncrypted ( v bool ) * Snapshot {
s . Encrypted = & v
return s
}
// SetEncryptedWithHSM sets the EncryptedWithHSM field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetEncryptedWithHSM ( v bool ) * Snapshot {
s . EncryptedWithHSM = & v
return s
}
// SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetEnhancedVpcRouting ( v bool ) * Snapshot {
s . EnhancedVpcRouting = & v
return s
}
// SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion sets the EstimatedSecondsToCompletion field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion ( v int64 ) * Snapshot {
s . EstimatedSecondsToCompletion = & v
return s
}
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetKmsKeyId ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . KmsKeyId = & v
return s
}
// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetMasterUsername ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . MasterUsername = & v
return s
}
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetNodeType ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . NodeType = & v
return s
}
// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetNumberOfNodes ( v int64 ) * Snapshot {
s . NumberOfNodes = & v
return s
}
// SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetOwnerAccount ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . OwnerAccount = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * Snapshot {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetRestorableNodeTypes sets the RestorableNodeTypes field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetRestorableNodeTypes ( v [ ] * string ) * Snapshot {
s . RestorableNodeTypes = v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetSnapshotCreateTime ( v time . Time ) * Snapshot {
s . SnapshotCreateTime = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetSnapshotType ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . SnapshotType = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetSourceRegion ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . SourceRegion = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetStatus ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * Snapshot {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
// SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes sets the TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes ( v float64 ) * Snapshot {
s . TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func ( s * Snapshot ) SetVpcId ( v string ) * Snapshot {
s . VpcId = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
// in the destination region.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/SnapshotCopyGrant
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type SnapshotCopyGrant struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) in AWS KMS to which
// Amazon Redshift is granted permission.
KmsKeyId * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
SnapshotCopyGrantName * string ` type:"string" `
// A list of tag instances.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SnapshotCopyGrant ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SnapshotCopyGrant ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
func ( s * SnapshotCopyGrant ) SetKmsKeyId ( v string ) * SnapshotCopyGrant {
s . KmsKeyId = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.
func ( s * SnapshotCopyGrant ) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName ( v string ) * SnapshotCopyGrant {
s . SnapshotCopyGrantName = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * SnapshotCopyGrant ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * SnapshotCopyGrant {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes a subnet.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Subnet
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Subnet struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Describes an availability zone.
SubnetAvailabilityZone * AvailabilityZone ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the subnet.
SubnetIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The status of the subnet.
SubnetStatus * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Subnet ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Subnet ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.
func ( s * Subnet ) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone ( v * AvailabilityZone ) * Subnet {
s . SubnetAvailabilityZone = v
return s
}
// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * Subnet ) SetSubnetIdentifier ( v string ) * Subnet {
s . SubnetIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.
func ( s * Subnet ) SetSubnetStatus ( v string ) * Subnet {
s . SubnetStatus = & v
return s
}
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TableRestoreStatus
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
type TableRestoreStatus struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored
// to.
ClusterIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS.
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
Message * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore request.
NewTableName * string ` type:"string" `
// The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB).
ProgressInMegaBytes * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal Coordinated
// Time (UTC).
RequestTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" `
// The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from.
SnapshotIdentifier * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the source database that contains the table being restored.
SourceDatabaseName * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored.
SourceSchemaName * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the source table being restored.
SourceTableName * string ` type:"string" `
// A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.
//
2016-04-02 17:17:21 +02:00
// Valid Values: SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
Status * string ` type:"string" enum:"TableRestoreStatusType" `
// The unique identifier for the table restore request.
TableRestoreRequestId * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the database to restore the table to.
TargetDatabaseName * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
TargetSchemaName * string ` type:"string" `
// The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB).
TotalDataInMegaBytes * int64 ` type:"long" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TableRestoreStatus ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TableRestoreStatus ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetClusterIdentifier ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . ClusterIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetMessage ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . Message = & v
return s
}
// SetNewTableName sets the NewTableName field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetNewTableName ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . NewTableName = & v
return s
}
// SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetProgressInMegaBytes ( v int64 ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . ProgressInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
// SetRequestTime sets the RequestTime field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetRequestTime ( v time . Time ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . RequestTime = & v
return s
}
// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetSnapshotIdentifier ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . SnapshotIdentifier = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceDatabaseName sets the SourceDatabaseName field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetSourceDatabaseName ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . SourceDatabaseName = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceSchemaName sets the SourceSchemaName field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetSourceSchemaName ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . SourceSchemaName = & v
return s
}
// SetSourceTableName sets the SourceTableName field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetSourceTableName ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . SourceTableName = & v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetStatus ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetTableRestoreRequestId sets the TableRestoreRequestId field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetTableRestoreRequestId ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . TableRestoreRequestId = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetDatabaseName sets the TargetDatabaseName field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetTargetDatabaseName ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . TargetDatabaseName = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetSchemaName sets the TargetSchemaName field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetTargetSchemaName ( v string ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . TargetSchemaName = & v
return s
}
// SetTotalDataInMegaBytes sets the TotalDataInMegaBytes field's value.
func ( s * TableRestoreStatus ) SetTotalDataInMegaBytes ( v int64 ) * TableRestoreStatus {
s . TotalDataInMegaBytes = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/Tag
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type Tag struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The key, or name, for the resource tag.
Key * string ` type:"string" `
// The value for the resource tag.
Value * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Tag ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Tag ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func ( s * Tag ) SetKey ( v string ) * Tag {
s . Key = & v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func ( s * Tag ) SetValue ( v string ) * Tag {
s . Value = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// A tag and its associated resource.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/TaggedResource
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type TaggedResource struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example,
// arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
ResourceName * string ` type:"string" `
// The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
// are:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cluster
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * CIDR/IP
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * EC2 security group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Snapshot
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Cluster security group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Subnet group
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * HSM connection
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * HSM certificate
2016-09-21 09:50:22 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Parameter group
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/constructing-redshift-arn.html)
// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
ResourceType * string ` type:"string" `
// The tag for the resource.
Tag * Tag ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TaggedResource ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TaggedResource ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
func ( s * TaggedResource ) SetResourceName ( v string ) * TaggedResource {
s . ResourceName = & v
return s
}
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
func ( s * TaggedResource ) SetResourceType ( v string ) * TaggedResource {
s . ResourceType = & v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func ( s * TaggedResource ) SetTag ( v * Tag ) * TaggedResource {
s . Tag = v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
// Describes the members of a VPC security group.
2017-01-02 21:35:31 +01:00
// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/VpcSecurityGroupMembership
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The status of the VPC security group.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
Status * string ` type:"string" `
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
// The identifier of the VPC security group.
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
VpcSecurityGroupId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s VpcSecurityGroupMembership ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s VpcSecurityGroupMembership ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func ( s * VpcSecurityGroupMembership ) SetStatus ( v string ) * VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
s . Status = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.
func ( s * VpcSecurityGroupMembership ) SetVpcSecurityGroupId ( v string ) * VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
s . VpcSecurityGroupId = & v
return s
}
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ParameterApplyTypeStatic is a ParameterApplyType enum value
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterApplyTypeStatic = "static"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ParameterApplyTypeDynamic is a ParameterApplyType enum value
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
ParameterApplyTypeDynamic = "dynamic"
)
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SourceTypeCluster is a SourceType enum value
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceTypeCluster = "cluster"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup = "cluster-parameter-group"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup = "cluster-security-group"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SourceTypeClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
2016-01-29 20:53:56 +01:00
SourceTypeClusterSnapshot = "cluster-snapshot"
)
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TableRestoreStatusTypePending is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
TableRestoreStatusTypePending = "PENDING"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress = "IN_PROGRESS"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
2016-03-18 20:35:09 +01:00
TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled = "CANCELED"
)